diff --git a/go.mod b/go.mod index 3a052dab65c7..fe8d65eb53db 100644 --- a/go.mod +++ b/go.mod @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ require ( github.com/golang/glog v1.1.0 github.com/golang/mock v1.6.0 github.com/golang/protobuf v1.5.4 + github.com/google/cel-go v0.17.8 github.com/google/go-github/v32 v32.0.0 github.com/google/goexpect v0.0.0-20190425035906-112704a48083 github.com/google/gofuzz v1.2.0 @@ -68,6 +69,7 @@ require ( k8s.io/api v0.30.0 k8s.io/apiextensions-apiserver v0.30.0 k8s.io/apimachinery v0.30.0 + k8s.io/apiserver v0.30.0 k8s.io/client-go v12.0.0+incompatible k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.120.1 k8s.io/kube-aggregator v0.26.4 @@ -88,8 +90,10 @@ require ( require ( github.com/VividCortex/ewma v1.2.0 // indirect + github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4 v4.0.0-20230305170008-8188dc5388df // indirect github.com/asaskevich/govalidator v0.0.0-20200907205600-7a23bdc65eef // indirect github.com/beorn7/perks v1.0.1 // indirect + github.com/blang/semver/v4 v4.0.0 // indirect github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2 v2.2.0 // indirect github.com/cilium/ebpf v0.7.0 // indirect github.com/coreos/go-systemd/v22 v22.5.0 // indirect @@ -142,20 +146,24 @@ require ( github.com/rivo/uniseg v0.2.0 // indirect github.com/seccomp/libseccomp-golang v0.10.0 // indirect github.com/sirupsen/logrus v1.9.0 // indirect + github.com/stoewer/go-strcase v1.2.0 // indirect github.com/u-root/uio v0.0.0-20230220225925-ffce2a382923 // indirect github.com/vishvananda/netns v0.0.0-20210104183010-2eb08e3e575f // indirect go.mongodb.org/mongo-driver v1.8.4 // indirect + golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20220827204233-334a2380cb91 // indirect golang.org/x/exp/typeparams v0.0.0-20230203172020-98cc5a0785f9 // indirect golang.org/x/mod v0.17.0 // indirect golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.12.0 // indirect golang.org/x/text v0.14.0 // indirect google.golang.org/appengine v1.6.8 // indirect + google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20230726155614-23370e0ffb3e // indirect google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20230822172742-b8732ec3820d // indirect google.golang.org/protobuf v1.33.0 // indirect gopkg.in/inf.v0 v0.9.1 // indirect gopkg.in/tomb.v1 v1.0.0-20141024135613-dd632973f1e7 // indirect gopkg.in/yaml.v2 v2.4.0 // indirect gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.1 // indirect + k8s.io/component-base v0.30.0 // indirect mvdan.cc/editorconfig v0.2.1-0.20231228180347-1925077f8eb2 // indirect sigs.k8s.io/structured-merge-diff/v4 v4.4.1 // indirect ) diff --git a/go.sum b/go.sum index d8606af50f1c..3ee8344c58bd 100644 --- a/go.sum +++ b/go.sum @@ -785,6 +785,7 @@ github.com/alecthomas/units v0.0.0-20211218093645-b94a6e3cc137/go.mod h1:OMCwj8V github.com/andreyvit/diff v0.0.0-20170406064948-c7f18ee00883/go.mod h1:rCTlJbsFo29Kk6CurOXKm700vrz8f0KW0JNfpkRJY/8= github.com/andybalholm/brotli v1.0.4/go.mod h1:fO7iG3H7G2nSZ7m0zPUDn85XEX2GTukHGRSepvi9Eig= github.com/antihax/optional v1.0.0/go.mod h1:uupD/76wgC+ih3iEmQUL+0Ugr19nfwCT1kdvxnR2qWY= +github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4 v4.0.0-20230305170008-8188dc5388df h1:7RFfzj4SSt6nnvCPbCqijJi1nWCd+TqAT3bYCStRC18= github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4 v4.0.0-20230305170008-8188dc5388df/go.mod h1:pSwJ0fSY5KhvocuWSx4fz3BA8OrA1bQn+K1Eli3BRwM= github.com/apache/arrow/go/v10 v10.0.1/go.mod h1:YvhnlEePVnBS4+0z3fhPfUy7W1Ikj0Ih0vcRo/gZ1M0= github.com/apache/arrow/go/v11 v11.0.0/go.mod h1:Eg5OsL5H+e299f7u5ssuXsuHQVEGC4xei5aX110hRiI= @@ -810,6 +811,7 @@ github.com/bgentry/speakeasy v0.1.0/go.mod h1:+zsyZBPWlz7T6j88CTgSN5bM796AkVf0kB github.com/bketelsen/crypt v0.0.3-0.20200106085610-5cbc8cc4026c/go.mod h1:MKsuJmJgSg28kpZDP6UIiPt0e0Oz0kqKNGyRaWEPv84= github.com/blang/semver v3.5.1+incompatible h1:cQNTCjp13qL8KC3Nbxr/y2Bqb63oX6wdnnjpJbkM4JQ= github.com/blang/semver v3.5.1+incompatible/go.mod h1:kRBLl5iJ+tD4TcOOxsy/0fnwebNt5EWlYSAyrTnjyyk= +github.com/blang/semver/v4 v4.0.0 h1:1PFHFE6yCCTv8C1TeyNNarDzntLi7wMI5i/pzqYIsAM= github.com/blang/semver/v4 v4.0.0/go.mod h1:IbckMUScFkM3pff0VJDNKRiT6TG/YpiHIM2yvyW5YoQ= github.com/boombuler/barcode v1.0.0/go.mod h1:paBWMcWSl3LHKBqUq+rly7CNSldXjb2rDl3JlRe0mD8= github.com/boombuler/barcode v1.0.1/go.mod h1:paBWMcWSl3LHKBqUq+rly7CNSldXjb2rDl3JlRe0mD8= @@ -1173,6 +1175,7 @@ github.com/golang/snappy v0.0.4/go.mod h1:/XxbfmMg8lxefKM7IXC3fBNl/7bRcc72aCRzEW github.com/google/btree v0.0.0-20180813153112-4030bb1f1f0c/go.mod h1:lNA+9X1NB3Zf8V7Ke586lFgjr2dZNuvo3lPJSGZ5JPQ= github.com/google/btree v1.0.0/go.mod h1:lNA+9X1NB3Zf8V7Ke586lFgjr2dZNuvo3lPJSGZ5JPQ= github.com/google/btree v1.0.1/go.mod h1:xXMiIv4Fb/0kKde4SpL7qlzvu5cMJDRkFDxJfI9uaxA= +github.com/google/cel-go v0.17.8 h1:j9m730pMZt1Fc4oKhCLUHfjj6527LuhYcYw0Rl8gqto= github.com/google/cel-go v0.17.8/go.mod h1:HXZKzB0LXqer5lHHgfWAnlYwJaQBDKMjxjulNQzhwhY= github.com/google/flatbuffers v2.0.8+incompatible/go.mod h1:1AeVuKshWv4vARoZatz6mlQ0JxURH0Kv5+zNeJKJCa8= github.com/google/gnostic-models v0.6.8 h1:yo/ABAfM5IMRsS1VnXjTBvUb61tFIHozhlYvRgGre9I= @@ -1676,6 +1679,7 @@ github.com/spf13/pflag v1.0.3/go.mod h1:DYY7MBk1bdzusC3SYhjObp+wFpr4gzcvqqNjLnIn github.com/spf13/pflag v1.0.5 h1:iy+VFUOCP1a+8yFto/drg2CJ5u0yRoB7fZw3DKv/JXA= github.com/spf13/pflag v1.0.5/go.mod h1:McXfInJRrz4CZXVZOBLb0bTZqETkiAhM9Iw0y3An2Bg= github.com/spf13/viper v1.7.0/go.mod h1:8WkrPz2fc9jxqZNCJI/76HCieCp4Q8HaLFoCha5qpdg= +github.com/stoewer/go-strcase v1.2.0 h1:Z2iHWqGXH00XYgqDmNgQbIBxf3wrNq0F3feEy0ainaU= github.com/stoewer/go-strcase v1.2.0/go.mod h1:IBiWB2sKIp3wVVQ3Y035++gc+knqhUQag1KpM8ahLw8= github.com/stretchr/objx v0.1.0/go.mod h1:HFkY916IF+rwdDfMAkV7OtwuqBVzrE8GR6GFx+wExME= github.com/stretchr/objx v0.1.1/go.mod h1:HFkY916IF+rwdDfMAkV7OtwuqBVzrE8GR6GFx+wExME= @@ -1855,6 +1859,7 @@ golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20200119233911-0405dc783f0a/go.mod h1:2RIsYlXP63K8oxa1u0 golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20200207192155-f17229e696bd/go.mod h1:J/WKrq2StrnmMY6+EHIKF9dgMWnmCNThgcyBT1FY9mM= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20200224162631-6cc2880d07d6/go.mod h1:3jZMyOhIsHpP37uCMkUooju7aAi5cS1Q23tOzKc+0MU= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20220722155223-a9213eeb770e/go.mod h1:Kr81I6Kryrl9sr8s2FK3vxD90NdsKWRuOIl2O4CvYbA= +golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20220827204233-334a2380cb91 h1:tnebWN09GYg9OLPss1KXj8txwZc6X6uMr6VFdcGNbHw= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20220827204233-334a2380cb91/go.mod h1:cyybsKvd6eL0RnXn6p/Grxp8F5bW7iYuBgsNCOHpMYE= golang.org/x/exp/typeparams v0.0.0-20220428152302-39d4317da171/go.mod h1:AbB0pIl9nAr9wVwH+Z2ZpaocVmF5I4GyWCDIsVjR0bk= golang.org/x/exp/typeparams v0.0.0-20230203172020-98cc5a0785f9 h1:6WHiuFL9FNjg8RljAaT7FNUuKDbvMqS1i5cr2OE2sLQ= @@ -2566,6 +2571,7 @@ google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20230530153820-e85fd2cbaebc/go. google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20230629202037-9506855d4529/go.mod h1:vHYtlOoi6TsQ3Uk2yxR7NI5z8uoV+3pZtR4jmHIkRig= google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20230706204954-ccb25ca9f130/go.mod h1:mPBs5jNgx2GuQGvFwUvVKqtn6HsUw9nP64BedgvqEsQ= google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20230711160842-782d3b101e98/go.mod h1:rsr7RhLuwsDKL7RmgDDCUc6yaGr1iqceVb5Wv6f6YvQ= +google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20230726155614-23370e0ffb3e h1:z3vDksarJxsAKM5dmEGv0GHwE2hKJ096wZra71Vs4sw= google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20230726155614-23370e0ffb3e/go.mod h1:rsr7RhLuwsDKL7RmgDDCUc6yaGr1iqceVb5Wv6f6YvQ= google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/bytestream v0.0.0-20230530153820-e85fd2cbaebc/go.mod h1:ylj+BE99M198VPbBh6A8d9n3w8fChvyLK3wwBOjXBFA= google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20230525234015-3fc162c6f38a/go.mod h1:xURIpW9ES5+/GZhnV6beoEtxQrnkRGIfP5VQG2tCBLc= @@ -2700,10 +2706,12 @@ k8s.io/apiextensions-apiserver v0.30.0 h1:jcZFKMqnICJfRxTgnC4E+Hpcq8UEhT8B2lhBcQ k8s.io/apiextensions-apiserver v0.30.0/go.mod h1:N9ogQFGcrbWqAY9p2mUAL5mGxsLqwgtUce127VtRX5Y= k8s.io/apimachinery v0.30.0 h1:qxVPsyDM5XS96NIh9Oj6LavoVFYff/Pon9cZeDIkHHA= k8s.io/apimachinery v0.30.0/go.mod h1:iexa2somDaxdnj7bha06bhb43Zpa6eWH8N8dbqVjTUc= +k8s.io/apiserver v0.30.0 h1:QCec+U72tMQ+9tR6A0sMBB5Vh6ImCEkoKkTDRABWq6M= k8s.io/apiserver v0.30.0/go.mod h1:smOIBq8t0MbKZi7O7SyIpjPsiKJ8qa+llcFCluKyqiY= k8s.io/client-go v0.30.0 h1:sB1AGGlhY/o7KCyCEQ0bPWzYDL0pwOZO4vAtTSh/gJQ= k8s.io/client-go v0.30.0/go.mod h1:g7li5O5256qe6TYdAMyX/otJqMhIiGgTapdLchhmOaY= k8s.io/code-generator v0.30.0/go.mod h1:mBMZhfRR4IunJUh2+7LVmdcWwpouCH5+LNPkZ3t/v7Q= +k8s.io/component-base v0.30.0 h1:cj6bp38g0ainlfYtaOQuRELh5KSYjhKxM+io7AUIk4o= k8s.io/component-base v0.30.0/go.mod h1:V9x/0ePFNaKeKYA3bOvIbrNoluTSG+fSJKjLdjOoeXQ= k8s.io/gengo v0.0.0-20181113154421-fd15ee9cc2f7/go.mod h1:ezvh/TsK7cY6rbqRK0oQQ8IAqLxYwwyPxAX1Pzy0ii0= k8s.io/gengo v0.0.0-20211129171323-c02415ce4185/go.mod h1:FiNAH4ZV3gBg2Kwh89tzAEV2be7d5xI0vBa/VySYy3E= diff --git a/pkg/virt-operator/resource/generate/components/BUILD.bazel b/pkg/virt-operator/resource/generate/components/BUILD.bazel index 69b769a2c1bb..bb96a5914e5c 100644 --- a/pkg/virt-operator/resource/generate/components/BUILD.bazel +++ b/pkg/virt-operator/resource/generate/components/BUILD.bazel @@ -86,6 +86,7 @@ go_test( "//pkg/certificates/triple/cert:go_default_library", "//staging/src/kubevirt.io/api/core/v1:go_default_library", "//staging/src/kubevirt.io/client-go/testutils:go_default_library", + "//vendor/github.com/google/cel-go/cel:go_default_library", "//vendor/github.com/onsi/ginkgo/v2:go_default_library", "//vendor/github.com/onsi/gomega:go_default_library", "//vendor/github.com/openshift/api/security/v1:go_default_library", @@ -93,5 +94,7 @@ go_test( "//vendor/k8s.io/api/core/v1:go_default_library", "//vendor/k8s.io/apiextensions-apiserver/pkg/apis/apiextensions/v1:go_default_library", "//vendor/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/apis/meta/v1:go_default_library", + "//vendor/k8s.io/apiserver/pkg/admission/plugin/cel:go_default_library", + "//vendor/k8s.io/apiserver/pkg/cel/environment:go_default_library", ], ) diff --git a/pkg/virt-operator/resource/generate/components/validatingadmissionpolicy_test.go b/pkg/virt-operator/resource/generate/components/validatingadmissionpolicy_test.go index 39cb37d6f412..8c1b4fc083c6 100644 --- a/pkg/virt-operator/resource/generate/components/validatingadmissionpolicy_test.go +++ b/pkg/virt-operator/resource/generate/components/validatingadmissionpolicy_test.go @@ -22,13 +22,30 @@ package components_test import ( "fmt" + celgo "github.com/google/cel-go/cel" . "github.com/onsi/ginkgo/v2" . "github.com/onsi/gomega" + "k8s.io/apiserver/pkg/cel/environment" + + admissionregistrationv1 "k8s.io/api/admissionregistration/v1" + metav1 "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/apis/meta/v1" + "k8s.io/apiserver/pkg/admission/plugin/cel" "kubevirt.io/kubevirt/pkg/virt-operator/resource/generate/components" ) var _ = Describe("Validation Admission Policy", func() { + Context("ValidatingAdmissionPolicyBinding", func() { + It("should generate the expected policy binding", func() { + const userName = "system:serviceaccount:kubevirt-ns:kubevirt-handler" + validatingAdmissionPolicy := components.NewHandlerV1ValidatingAdmissionPolicy(userName) + validatingAdmissionPolicyBinding := components.NewHandlerV1ValidatingAdmissionPolicyBinding() + + Expect(validatingAdmissionPolicyBinding.Spec.PolicyName).To(Equal(validatingAdmissionPolicy.Name)) + Expect(validatingAdmissionPolicyBinding.Kind).ToNot(BeEmpty()) + }) + }) + Context("ValidatingAdmissionPolicy", func() { It("should generate the expected policy", func() { const userName = "system:serviceaccount:kubevirt-ns:kubevirt-handler" @@ -38,16 +55,82 @@ var _ = Describe("Validation Admission Policy", func() { Expect(validatingAdmissionPolicy.Spec.MatchConditions[0].Expression).To(Equal(expectedMatchConditionExpression)) Expect(validatingAdmissionPolicy.Kind).ToNot(BeEmpty()) }) - }) - Context("ValidatingAdmissionPolicyBinding", func() { - It("should generate the expected policy binding", func() { - const userName = "system:serviceaccount:kubevirt-ns:kubevirt-handler" - validatingAdmissionPolicy := components.NewHandlerV1ValidatingAdmissionPolicy(userName) - validatingAdmissionPolicyBinding := components.NewHandlerV1ValidatingAdmissionPolicyBinding() + Context("Validation Compile test", func() { + var celCompiler *cel.CompositedCompiler + BeforeEach(func() { + compositionEnvTemplateWithoutStrictCost, err := cel.NewCompositionEnv(cel.VariablesTypeName, environment.MustBaseEnvSet(environment.DefaultCompatibilityVersion())) + Expect(err).ToNot(HaveOccurred()) + celCompiler = cel.NewCompositedCompilerFromTemplate(compositionEnvTemplateWithoutStrictCost) + }) - Expect(validatingAdmissionPolicyBinding.Spec.PolicyName).To(Equal(validatingAdmissionPolicy.Name)) - Expect(validatingAdmissionPolicyBinding.Kind).ToNot(BeEmpty()) + It("succeed compiling all the policy validations", func() { + const userName = "system:serviceaccount:kubevirt-ns:kubevirt-handler" + validatingAdmissionPolicy := components.NewHandlerV1ValidatingAdmissionPolicy(userName) + + options := cel.OptionalVariableDeclarations{ + HasParams: false, + HasAuthorizer: false, + } + mode := environment.NewExpressions + celCompiler.CompileAndStoreVariables(convertV1Variables(validatingAdmissionPolicy.Spec.Variables), options, mode) + + for _, validation := range validatingAdmissionPolicy.Spec.Validations { + compilationResult := celCompiler.CompileCELExpression(convertV1Validation(validation), options, mode) + Expect(compilationResult).ToNot(BeNil()) + Expect(compilationResult.Error).To(BeNil()) + } + }) }) }) + }) + +// Variable is a named expression for composition. +type Variable struct { + Name string + Expression string +} + +func (v *Variable) GetExpression() string { + return v.Expression +} + +func (v *Variable) ReturnTypes() []*celgo.Type { + return []*celgo.Type{celgo.AnyType, celgo.DynType} +} + +func (v *Variable) GetName() string { + return v.Name +} + +func convertV1Variables(variables []admissionregistrationv1.Variable) []cel.NamedExpressionAccessor { + namedExpressions := make([]cel.NamedExpressionAccessor, len(variables)) + for i, variable := range variables { + namedExpressions[i] = &Variable{Name: variable.Name, Expression: variable.Expression} + } + return namedExpressions +} + +// ValidationCondition contains the inputs needed to compile, evaluate and validate a cel expression +type ValidationCondition struct { + Expression string + Message string + Reason *metav1.StatusReason +} + +func (v *ValidationCondition) GetExpression() string { + return v.Expression +} + +func (v *ValidationCondition) ReturnTypes() []*celgo.Type { + return []*celgo.Type{celgo.BoolType} +} + +func convertV1Validation(validation admissionregistrationv1.Validation) cel.ExpressionAccessor { + return &ValidationCondition{ + Expression: validation.Expression, + Message: validation.Message, + Reason: validation.Reason, + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/BUILD.bazel b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/BUILD.bazel new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ff39fb83af76 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/BUILD.bazel @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +load("@io_bazel_rules_go//go:def.bzl", "go_library") + +go_library( + name = "go_default_library", + srcs = [ + "antlrdoc.go", + "atn.go", + "atn_config.go", + "atn_config_set.go", + "atn_deserialization_options.go", + "atn_deserializer.go", + "atn_simulator.go", + "atn_state.go", + "atn_type.go", + "char_stream.go", + "common_token_factory.go", + "common_token_stream.go", + "comparators.go", + "dfa.go", + "dfa_serializer.go", + "dfa_state.go", + "diagnostic_error_listener.go", + "error_listener.go", + "error_strategy.go", + "errors.go", + "file_stream.go", + "input_stream.go", + "int_stream.go", + "interval_set.go", + "jcollect.go", + "lexer.go", + "lexer_action.go", + "lexer_action_executor.go", + "lexer_atn_simulator.go", + "ll1_analyzer.go", + "parser.go", + "parser_atn_simulator.go", + "parser_rule_context.go", + "prediction_context.go", + "prediction_mode.go", + "recognizer.go", + "rule_context.go", + "semantic_context.go", + "token.go", + "token_source.go", + "token_stream.go", + "tokenstream_rewriter.go", + "trace_listener.go", + "transition.go", + "tree.go", + "trees.go", + "utils.go", + "utils_set.go", + ], + importmap = "kubevirt.io/kubevirt/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4", + importpath = "github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4", + visibility = ["//visibility:public"], + deps = ["//vendor/golang.org/x/exp/slices:go_default_library"], +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..52cf18e425ea --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Copyright 2021 The ANTLR Project + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + 3. Neither the name of the copyright holder nor the names of its + contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this + software without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR +SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, +OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/antlrdoc.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/antlrdoc.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ab51212676f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/antlrdoc.go @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* +Package antlr implements the Go version of the ANTLR 4 runtime. + +# The ANTLR Tool + +ANTLR (ANother Tool for Language Recognition) is a powerful parser generator for reading, processing, executing, +or translating structured text or binary files. It's widely used to build languages, tools, and frameworks. +From a grammar, ANTLR generates a parser that can build parse trees and also generates a listener interface +(or visitor) that makes it easy to respond to the recognition of phrases of interest. + +# Code Generation + +ANTLR supports the generation of code in a number of [target languages], and the generated code is supported by a +runtime library, written specifically to support the generated code in the target language. This library is the +runtime for the Go target. + +To generate code for the go target, it is generally recommended to place the source grammar files in a package of +their own, and use the `.sh` script method of generating code, using the go generate directive. In that same directory +it is usual, though not required, to place the antlr tool that should be used to generate the code. That does mean +that the antlr tool JAR file will be checked in to your source code control though, so you are free to use any other +way of specifying the version of the ANTLR tool to use, such as aliasing in `.zshrc` or equivalent, or a profile in +your IDE, or configuration in your CI system. + +Here is a general template for an ANTLR based recognizer in Go: + + . + ├── myproject + ├── parser + │ ├── mygrammar.g4 + │ ├── antlr-4.12.0-complete.jar + │ ├── error_listeners.go + │ ├── generate.go + │ ├── generate.sh + ├── go.mod + ├── go.sum + ├── main.go + └── main_test.go + +Make sure that the package statement in your grammar file(s) reflects the go package they exist in. +The generate.go file then looks like this: + + package parser + + //go:generate ./generate.sh + +And the generate.sh file will look similar to this: + + #!/bin/sh + + alias antlr4='java -Xmx500M -cp "./antlr4-4.12.0-complete.jar:$CLASSPATH" org.antlr.v4.Tool' + antlr4 -Dlanguage=Go -no-visitor -package parser *.g4 + +depending on whether you want visitors or listeners or any other ANTLR options. + +From the command line at the root of your package “myproject” you can then simply issue the command: + + go generate ./... + +# Copyright Notice + +Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. + +Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license, which can be found in the [LICENSE.txt] file in the project root. + +[target languages]: https://github.com/antlr/antlr4/tree/master/runtime +[LICENSE.txt]: https://github.com/antlr/antlr4/blob/master/LICENSE.txt +*/ +package antlr diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..98010d2e6e68 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn.go @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import "sync" + +// ATNInvalidAltNumber is used to represent an ALT number that has yet to be calculated or +// which is invalid for a particular struct such as [*antlr.BaseRuleContext] +var ATNInvalidAltNumber int + +// ATN represents an “[Augmented Transition Network]”, though general in ANTLR the term +// “Augmented Recursive Transition Network” though there are some descriptions of “[Recursive Transition Network]” +// in existence. +// +// ATNs represent the main networks in the system and are serialized by the code generator and support [ALL(*)]. +// +// [Augmented Transition Network]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Augmented_transition_network +// [ALL(*)]: https://www.antlr.org/papers/allstar-techreport.pdf +// [Recursive Transition Network]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Recursive_transition_network +type ATN struct { + // DecisionToState is the decision points for all rules, subrules, optional + // blocks, ()+, ()*, etc. Each subrule/rule is a decision point, and we must track them so we + // can go back later and build DFA predictors for them. This includes + // all the rules, subrules, optional blocks, ()+, ()* etc... + DecisionToState []DecisionState + + // grammarType is the ATN type and is used for deserializing ATNs from strings. + grammarType int + + // lexerActions is referenced by action transitions in the ATN for lexer ATNs. + lexerActions []LexerAction + + // maxTokenType is the maximum value for any symbol recognized by a transition in the ATN. + maxTokenType int + + modeNameToStartState map[string]*TokensStartState + + modeToStartState []*TokensStartState + + // ruleToStartState maps from rule index to starting state number. + ruleToStartState []*RuleStartState + + // ruleToStopState maps from rule index to stop state number. + ruleToStopState []*RuleStopState + + // ruleToTokenType maps the rule index to the resulting token type for lexer + // ATNs. For parser ATNs, it maps the rule index to the generated bypass token + // type if ATNDeserializationOptions.isGenerateRuleBypassTransitions was + // specified, and otherwise is nil. + ruleToTokenType []int + + states []ATNState + + mu sync.Mutex + stateMu sync.RWMutex + edgeMu sync.RWMutex +} + +// NewATN returns a new ATN struct representing the given grammarType and is used +// for runtime deserialization of ATNs from the code generated by the ANTLR tool +func NewATN(grammarType int, maxTokenType int) *ATN { + return &ATN{ + grammarType: grammarType, + maxTokenType: maxTokenType, + modeNameToStartState: make(map[string]*TokensStartState), + } +} + +// NextTokensInContext computes and returns the set of valid tokens that can occur starting +// in state s. If ctx is nil, the set of tokens will not include what can follow +// the rule surrounding s. In other words, the set will be restricted to tokens +// reachable staying within the rule of s. +func (a *ATN) NextTokensInContext(s ATNState, ctx RuleContext) *IntervalSet { + return NewLL1Analyzer(a).Look(s, nil, ctx) +} + +// NextTokensNoContext computes and returns the set of valid tokens that can occur starting +// in state s and staying in same rule. [antlr.Token.EPSILON] is in set if we reach end of +// rule. +func (a *ATN) NextTokensNoContext(s ATNState) *IntervalSet { + a.mu.Lock() + defer a.mu.Unlock() + iset := s.GetNextTokenWithinRule() + if iset == nil { + iset = a.NextTokensInContext(s, nil) + iset.readOnly = true + s.SetNextTokenWithinRule(iset) + } + return iset +} + +// NextTokens computes and returns the set of valid tokens starting in state s, by +// calling either [NextTokensNoContext] (ctx == nil) or [NextTokensInContext] (ctx != nil). +func (a *ATN) NextTokens(s ATNState, ctx RuleContext) *IntervalSet { + if ctx == nil { + return a.NextTokensNoContext(s) + } + + return a.NextTokensInContext(s, ctx) +} + +func (a *ATN) addState(state ATNState) { + if state != nil { + state.SetATN(a) + state.SetStateNumber(len(a.states)) + } + + a.states = append(a.states, state) +} + +func (a *ATN) removeState(state ATNState) { + a.states[state.GetStateNumber()] = nil // Just free the memory; don't shift states in the slice +} + +func (a *ATN) defineDecisionState(s DecisionState) int { + a.DecisionToState = append(a.DecisionToState, s) + s.setDecision(len(a.DecisionToState) - 1) + + return s.getDecision() +} + +func (a *ATN) getDecisionState(decision int) DecisionState { + if len(a.DecisionToState) == 0 { + return nil + } + + return a.DecisionToState[decision] +} + +// getExpectedTokens computes the set of input symbols which could follow ATN +// state number stateNumber in the specified full parse context ctx and returns +// the set of potentially valid input symbols which could follow the specified +// state in the specified context. This method considers the complete parser +// context, but does not evaluate semantic predicates (i.e. all predicates +// encountered during the calculation are assumed true). If a path in the ATN +// exists from the starting state to the RuleStopState of the outermost context +// without Matching any symbols, Token.EOF is added to the returned set. +// +// A nil ctx defaults to ParserRuleContext.EMPTY. +// +// It panics if the ATN does not contain state stateNumber. +func (a *ATN) getExpectedTokens(stateNumber int, ctx RuleContext) *IntervalSet { + if stateNumber < 0 || stateNumber >= len(a.states) { + panic("Invalid state number.") + } + + s := a.states[stateNumber] + following := a.NextTokens(s, nil) + + if !following.contains(TokenEpsilon) { + return following + } + + expected := NewIntervalSet() + + expected.addSet(following) + expected.removeOne(TokenEpsilon) + + for ctx != nil && ctx.GetInvokingState() >= 0 && following.contains(TokenEpsilon) { + invokingState := a.states[ctx.GetInvokingState()] + rt := invokingState.GetTransitions()[0] + + following = a.NextTokens(rt.(*RuleTransition).followState, nil) + expected.addSet(following) + expected.removeOne(TokenEpsilon) + ctx = ctx.GetParent().(RuleContext) + } + + if following.contains(TokenEpsilon) { + expected.addOne(TokenEOF) + } + + return expected +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_config.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_config.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7619fa172edc --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_config.go @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "fmt" +) + +// ATNConfig is a tuple: (ATN state, predicted alt, syntactic, semantic +// context). The syntactic context is a graph-structured stack node whose +// path(s) to the root is the rule invocation(s) chain used to arrive at the +// state. The semantic context is the tree of semantic predicates encountered +// before reaching an ATN state. +type ATNConfig interface { + Equals(o Collectable[ATNConfig]) bool + Hash() int + + GetState() ATNState + GetAlt() int + GetSemanticContext() SemanticContext + + GetContext() PredictionContext + SetContext(PredictionContext) + + GetReachesIntoOuterContext() int + SetReachesIntoOuterContext(int) + + String() string + + getPrecedenceFilterSuppressed() bool + setPrecedenceFilterSuppressed(bool) +} + +type BaseATNConfig struct { + precedenceFilterSuppressed bool + state ATNState + alt int + context PredictionContext + semanticContext SemanticContext + reachesIntoOuterContext int +} + +func NewBaseATNConfig7(old *BaseATNConfig) ATNConfig { // TODO: Dup + return &BaseATNConfig{ + state: old.state, + alt: old.alt, + context: old.context, + semanticContext: old.semanticContext, + reachesIntoOuterContext: old.reachesIntoOuterContext, + } +} + +func NewBaseATNConfig6(state ATNState, alt int, context PredictionContext) *BaseATNConfig { + return NewBaseATNConfig5(state, alt, context, SemanticContextNone) +} + +func NewBaseATNConfig5(state ATNState, alt int, context PredictionContext, semanticContext SemanticContext) *BaseATNConfig { + if semanticContext == nil { + panic("semanticContext cannot be nil") // TODO: Necessary? + } + + return &BaseATNConfig{state: state, alt: alt, context: context, semanticContext: semanticContext} +} + +func NewBaseATNConfig4(c ATNConfig, state ATNState) *BaseATNConfig { + return NewBaseATNConfig(c, state, c.GetContext(), c.GetSemanticContext()) +} + +func NewBaseATNConfig3(c ATNConfig, state ATNState, semanticContext SemanticContext) *BaseATNConfig { + return NewBaseATNConfig(c, state, c.GetContext(), semanticContext) +} + +func NewBaseATNConfig2(c ATNConfig, semanticContext SemanticContext) *BaseATNConfig { + return NewBaseATNConfig(c, c.GetState(), c.GetContext(), semanticContext) +} + +func NewBaseATNConfig1(c ATNConfig, state ATNState, context PredictionContext) *BaseATNConfig { + return NewBaseATNConfig(c, state, context, c.GetSemanticContext()) +} + +func NewBaseATNConfig(c ATNConfig, state ATNState, context PredictionContext, semanticContext SemanticContext) *BaseATNConfig { + if semanticContext == nil { + panic("semanticContext cannot be nil") + } + + return &BaseATNConfig{ + state: state, + alt: c.GetAlt(), + context: context, + semanticContext: semanticContext, + reachesIntoOuterContext: c.GetReachesIntoOuterContext(), + precedenceFilterSuppressed: c.getPrecedenceFilterSuppressed(), + } +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfig) getPrecedenceFilterSuppressed() bool { + return b.precedenceFilterSuppressed +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfig) setPrecedenceFilterSuppressed(v bool) { + b.precedenceFilterSuppressed = v +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfig) GetState() ATNState { + return b.state +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfig) GetAlt() int { + return b.alt +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfig) SetContext(v PredictionContext) { + b.context = v +} +func (b *BaseATNConfig) GetContext() PredictionContext { + return b.context +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfig) GetSemanticContext() SemanticContext { + return b.semanticContext +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfig) GetReachesIntoOuterContext() int { + return b.reachesIntoOuterContext +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfig) SetReachesIntoOuterContext(v int) { + b.reachesIntoOuterContext = v +} + +// Equals is the default comparison function for an ATNConfig when no specialist implementation is required +// for a collection. +// +// An ATN configuration is equal to another if both have the same state, they +// predict the same alternative, and syntactic/semantic contexts are the same. +func (b *BaseATNConfig) Equals(o Collectable[ATNConfig]) bool { + if b == o { + return true + } else if o == nil { + return false + } + + var other, ok = o.(*BaseATNConfig) + + if !ok { + return false + } + + var equal bool + + if b.context == nil { + equal = other.context == nil + } else { + equal = b.context.Equals(other.context) + } + + var ( + nums = b.state.GetStateNumber() == other.state.GetStateNumber() + alts = b.alt == other.alt + cons = b.semanticContext.Equals(other.semanticContext) + sups = b.precedenceFilterSuppressed == other.precedenceFilterSuppressed + ) + + return nums && alts && cons && sups && equal +} + +// Hash is the default hash function for BaseATNConfig, when no specialist hash function +// is required for a collection +func (b *BaseATNConfig) Hash() int { + var c int + if b.context != nil { + c = b.context.Hash() + } + + h := murmurInit(7) + h = murmurUpdate(h, b.state.GetStateNumber()) + h = murmurUpdate(h, b.alt) + h = murmurUpdate(h, c) + h = murmurUpdate(h, b.semanticContext.Hash()) + return murmurFinish(h, 4) +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfig) String() string { + var s1, s2, s3 string + + if b.context != nil { + s1 = ",[" + fmt.Sprint(b.context) + "]" + } + + if b.semanticContext != SemanticContextNone { + s2 = "," + fmt.Sprint(b.semanticContext) + } + + if b.reachesIntoOuterContext > 0 { + s3 = ",up=" + fmt.Sprint(b.reachesIntoOuterContext) + } + + return fmt.Sprintf("(%v,%v%v%v%v)", b.state, b.alt, s1, s2, s3) +} + +type LexerATNConfig struct { + *BaseATNConfig + lexerActionExecutor *LexerActionExecutor + passedThroughNonGreedyDecision bool +} + +func NewLexerATNConfig6(state ATNState, alt int, context PredictionContext) *LexerATNConfig { + return &LexerATNConfig{BaseATNConfig: NewBaseATNConfig5(state, alt, context, SemanticContextNone)} +} + +func NewLexerATNConfig5(state ATNState, alt int, context PredictionContext, lexerActionExecutor *LexerActionExecutor) *LexerATNConfig { + return &LexerATNConfig{ + BaseATNConfig: NewBaseATNConfig5(state, alt, context, SemanticContextNone), + lexerActionExecutor: lexerActionExecutor, + } +} + +func NewLexerATNConfig4(c *LexerATNConfig, state ATNState) *LexerATNConfig { + return &LexerATNConfig{ + BaseATNConfig: NewBaseATNConfig(c, state, c.GetContext(), c.GetSemanticContext()), + lexerActionExecutor: c.lexerActionExecutor, + passedThroughNonGreedyDecision: checkNonGreedyDecision(c, state), + } +} + +func NewLexerATNConfig3(c *LexerATNConfig, state ATNState, lexerActionExecutor *LexerActionExecutor) *LexerATNConfig { + return &LexerATNConfig{ + BaseATNConfig: NewBaseATNConfig(c, state, c.GetContext(), c.GetSemanticContext()), + lexerActionExecutor: lexerActionExecutor, + passedThroughNonGreedyDecision: checkNonGreedyDecision(c, state), + } +} + +func NewLexerATNConfig2(c *LexerATNConfig, state ATNState, context PredictionContext) *LexerATNConfig { + return &LexerATNConfig{ + BaseATNConfig: NewBaseATNConfig(c, state, context, c.GetSemanticContext()), + lexerActionExecutor: c.lexerActionExecutor, + passedThroughNonGreedyDecision: checkNonGreedyDecision(c, state), + } +} + +func NewLexerATNConfig1(state ATNState, alt int, context PredictionContext) *LexerATNConfig { + return &LexerATNConfig{BaseATNConfig: NewBaseATNConfig5(state, alt, context, SemanticContextNone)} +} + +// Hash is the default hash function for LexerATNConfig objects, it can be used directly or via +// the default comparator [ObjEqComparator]. +func (l *LexerATNConfig) Hash() int { + var f int + if l.passedThroughNonGreedyDecision { + f = 1 + } else { + f = 0 + } + h := murmurInit(7) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.state.GetStateNumber()) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.alt) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.context.Hash()) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.semanticContext.Hash()) + h = murmurUpdate(h, f) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.lexerActionExecutor.Hash()) + h = murmurFinish(h, 6) + return h +} + +// Equals is the default comparison function for LexerATNConfig objects, it can be used directly or via +// the default comparator [ObjEqComparator]. +func (l *LexerATNConfig) Equals(other Collectable[ATNConfig]) bool { + if l == other { + return true + } + var othert, ok = other.(*LexerATNConfig) + + if l == other { + return true + } else if !ok { + return false + } else if l.passedThroughNonGreedyDecision != othert.passedThroughNonGreedyDecision { + return false + } + + var b bool + + if l.lexerActionExecutor != nil { + b = !l.lexerActionExecutor.Equals(othert.lexerActionExecutor) + } else { + b = othert.lexerActionExecutor != nil + } + + if b { + return false + } + + return l.BaseATNConfig.Equals(othert.BaseATNConfig) +} + +func checkNonGreedyDecision(source *LexerATNConfig, target ATNState) bool { + var ds, ok = target.(DecisionState) + + return source.passedThroughNonGreedyDecision || (ok && ds.getNonGreedy()) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_config_set.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_config_set.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..43e9b33f3bd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_config_set.go @@ -0,0 +1,441 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "fmt" +) + +type ATNConfigSet interface { + Hash() int + Equals(o Collectable[ATNConfig]) bool + Add(ATNConfig, *DoubleDict) bool + AddAll([]ATNConfig) bool + + GetStates() *JStore[ATNState, Comparator[ATNState]] + GetPredicates() []SemanticContext + GetItems() []ATNConfig + + OptimizeConfigs(interpreter *BaseATNSimulator) + + Length() int + IsEmpty() bool + Contains(ATNConfig) bool + ContainsFast(ATNConfig) bool + Clear() + String() string + + HasSemanticContext() bool + SetHasSemanticContext(v bool) + + ReadOnly() bool + SetReadOnly(bool) + + GetConflictingAlts() *BitSet + SetConflictingAlts(*BitSet) + + Alts() *BitSet + + FullContext() bool + + GetUniqueAlt() int + SetUniqueAlt(int) + + GetDipsIntoOuterContext() bool + SetDipsIntoOuterContext(bool) +} + +// BaseATNConfigSet is a specialized set of ATNConfig that tracks information +// about its elements and can combine similar configurations using a +// graph-structured stack. +type BaseATNConfigSet struct { + cachedHash int + + // configLookup is used to determine whether two BaseATNConfigSets are equal. We + // need all configurations with the same (s, i, _, semctx) to be equal. A key + // effectively doubles the number of objects associated with ATNConfigs. All + // keys are hashed by (s, i, _, pi), not including the context. Wiped out when + // read-only because a set becomes a DFA state. + configLookup *JStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]] + + // configs is the added elements. + configs []ATNConfig + + // TODO: These fields make me pretty uncomfortable, but it is nice to pack up + // info together because it saves recomputation. Can we track conflicts as they + // are added to save scanning configs later? + conflictingAlts *BitSet + + // dipsIntoOuterContext is used by parsers and lexers. In a lexer, it indicates + // we hit a pred while computing a closure operation. Do not make a DFA state + // from the BaseATNConfigSet in this case. TODO: How is this used by parsers? + dipsIntoOuterContext bool + + // fullCtx is whether it is part of a full context LL prediction. Used to + // determine how to merge $. It is a wildcard with SLL, but not for an LL + // context merge. + fullCtx bool + + // Used in parser and lexer. In lexer, it indicates we hit a pred + // while computing a closure operation. Don't make a DFA state from a. + hasSemanticContext bool + + // readOnly is whether it is read-only. Do not + // allow any code to manipulate the set if true because DFA states will point at + // sets and those must not change. It not, protect other fields; conflictingAlts + // in particular, which is assigned after readOnly. + readOnly bool + + // TODO: These fields make me pretty uncomfortable, but it is nice to pack up + // info together because it saves recomputation. Can we track conflicts as they + // are added to save scanning configs later? + uniqueAlt int +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) Alts() *BitSet { + alts := NewBitSet() + for _, it := range b.configs { + alts.add(it.GetAlt()) + } + return alts +} + +func NewBaseATNConfigSet(fullCtx bool) *BaseATNConfigSet { + return &BaseATNConfigSet{ + cachedHash: -1, + configLookup: NewJStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]](aConfCompInst), + fullCtx: fullCtx, + } +} + +// Add merges contexts with existing configs for (s, i, pi, _), where s is the +// ATNConfig.state, i is the ATNConfig.alt, and pi is the +// ATNConfig.semanticContext. We use (s,i,pi) as the key. Updates +// dipsIntoOuterContext and hasSemanticContext when necessary. +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) Add(config ATNConfig, mergeCache *DoubleDict) bool { + if b.readOnly { + panic("set is read-only") + } + + if config.GetSemanticContext() != SemanticContextNone { + b.hasSemanticContext = true + } + + if config.GetReachesIntoOuterContext() > 0 { + b.dipsIntoOuterContext = true + } + + existing, present := b.configLookup.Put(config) + + // The config was not already in the set + // + if !present { + b.cachedHash = -1 + b.configs = append(b.configs, config) // Track order here + return true + } + + // Merge a previous (s, i, pi, _) with it and save the result + rootIsWildcard := !b.fullCtx + merged := merge(existing.GetContext(), config.GetContext(), rootIsWildcard, mergeCache) + + // No need to check for existing.context because config.context is in the cache, + // since the only way to create new graphs is the "call rule" and here. We cache + // at both places. + existing.SetReachesIntoOuterContext(intMax(existing.GetReachesIntoOuterContext(), config.GetReachesIntoOuterContext())) + + // Preserve the precedence filter suppression during the merge + if config.getPrecedenceFilterSuppressed() { + existing.setPrecedenceFilterSuppressed(true) + } + + // Replace the context because there is no need to do alt mapping + existing.SetContext(merged) + + return true +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) GetStates() *JStore[ATNState, Comparator[ATNState]] { + + // states uses the standard comparator provided by the ATNState instance + // + states := NewJStore[ATNState, Comparator[ATNState]](aStateEqInst) + + for i := 0; i < len(b.configs); i++ { + states.Put(b.configs[i].GetState()) + } + + return states +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) HasSemanticContext() bool { + return b.hasSemanticContext +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) SetHasSemanticContext(v bool) { + b.hasSemanticContext = v +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) GetPredicates() []SemanticContext { + preds := make([]SemanticContext, 0) + + for i := 0; i < len(b.configs); i++ { + c := b.configs[i].GetSemanticContext() + + if c != SemanticContextNone { + preds = append(preds, c) + } + } + + return preds +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) GetItems() []ATNConfig { + return b.configs +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) OptimizeConfigs(interpreter *BaseATNSimulator) { + if b.readOnly { + panic("set is read-only") + } + + if b.configLookup.Len() == 0 { + return + } + + for i := 0; i < len(b.configs); i++ { + config := b.configs[i] + + config.SetContext(interpreter.getCachedContext(config.GetContext())) + } +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) AddAll(coll []ATNConfig) bool { + for i := 0; i < len(coll); i++ { + b.Add(coll[i], nil) + } + + return false +} + +// Compare is a hack function just to verify that adding DFAstares to the known +// set works, so long as comparison of ATNConfigSet s works. For that to work, we +// need to make sure that the set of ATNConfigs in two sets are equivalent. We can't +// know the order, so we do this inefficient hack. If this proves the point, then +// we can change the config set to a better structure. +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) Compare(bs *BaseATNConfigSet) bool { + if len(b.configs) != len(bs.configs) { + return false + } + + for _, c := range b.configs { + found := false + for _, c2 := range bs.configs { + if c.Equals(c2) { + found = true + break + } + } + + if !found { + return false + } + + } + return true +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) Equals(other Collectable[ATNConfig]) bool { + if b == other { + return true + } else if _, ok := other.(*BaseATNConfigSet); !ok { + return false + } + + other2 := other.(*BaseATNConfigSet) + + return b.configs != nil && + b.fullCtx == other2.fullCtx && + b.uniqueAlt == other2.uniqueAlt && + b.conflictingAlts == other2.conflictingAlts && + b.hasSemanticContext == other2.hasSemanticContext && + b.dipsIntoOuterContext == other2.dipsIntoOuterContext && + b.Compare(other2) +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) Hash() int { + if b.readOnly { + if b.cachedHash == -1 { + b.cachedHash = b.hashCodeConfigs() + } + + return b.cachedHash + } + + return b.hashCodeConfigs() +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) hashCodeConfigs() int { + h := 1 + for _, config := range b.configs { + h = 31*h + config.Hash() + } + return h +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) Length() int { + return len(b.configs) +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) IsEmpty() bool { + return len(b.configs) == 0 +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) Contains(item ATNConfig) bool { + if b.configLookup == nil { + panic("not implemented for read-only sets") + } + + return b.configLookup.Contains(item) +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) ContainsFast(item ATNConfig) bool { + if b.configLookup == nil { + panic("not implemented for read-only sets") + } + + return b.configLookup.Contains(item) // TODO: containsFast is not implemented for Set +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) Clear() { + if b.readOnly { + panic("set is read-only") + } + + b.configs = make([]ATNConfig, 0) + b.cachedHash = -1 + b.configLookup = NewJStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]](atnConfCompInst) +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) FullContext() bool { + return b.fullCtx +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) GetDipsIntoOuterContext() bool { + return b.dipsIntoOuterContext +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) SetDipsIntoOuterContext(v bool) { + b.dipsIntoOuterContext = v +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) GetUniqueAlt() int { + return b.uniqueAlt +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) SetUniqueAlt(v int) { + b.uniqueAlt = v +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) GetConflictingAlts() *BitSet { + return b.conflictingAlts +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) SetConflictingAlts(v *BitSet) { + b.conflictingAlts = v +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) ReadOnly() bool { + return b.readOnly +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) SetReadOnly(readOnly bool) { + b.readOnly = readOnly + + if readOnly { + b.configLookup = nil // Read only, so no need for the lookup cache + } +} + +func (b *BaseATNConfigSet) String() string { + s := "[" + + for i, c := range b.configs { + s += c.String() + + if i != len(b.configs)-1 { + s += ", " + } + } + + s += "]" + + if b.hasSemanticContext { + s += ",hasSemanticContext=" + fmt.Sprint(b.hasSemanticContext) + } + + if b.uniqueAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { + s += ",uniqueAlt=" + fmt.Sprint(b.uniqueAlt) + } + + if b.conflictingAlts != nil { + s += ",conflictingAlts=" + b.conflictingAlts.String() + } + + if b.dipsIntoOuterContext { + s += ",dipsIntoOuterContext" + } + + return s +} + +type OrderedATNConfigSet struct { + *BaseATNConfigSet +} + +func NewOrderedATNConfigSet() *OrderedATNConfigSet { + b := NewBaseATNConfigSet(false) + + // This set uses the standard Hash() and Equals() from ATNConfig + b.configLookup = NewJStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]](aConfEqInst) + + return &OrderedATNConfigSet{BaseATNConfigSet: b} +} + +func hashATNConfig(i interface{}) int { + o := i.(ATNConfig) + hash := 7 + hash = 31*hash + o.GetState().GetStateNumber() + hash = 31*hash + o.GetAlt() + hash = 31*hash + o.GetSemanticContext().Hash() + return hash +} + +func equalATNConfigs(a, b interface{}) bool { + if a == nil || b == nil { + return false + } + + if a == b { + return true + } + + var ai, ok = a.(ATNConfig) + var bi, ok1 = b.(ATNConfig) + + if !ok || !ok1 { + return false + } + + if ai.GetState().GetStateNumber() != bi.GetState().GetStateNumber() { + return false + } + + if ai.GetAlt() != bi.GetAlt() { + return false + } + + return ai.GetSemanticContext().Equals(bi.GetSemanticContext()) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_deserialization_options.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_deserialization_options.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3c975ec7bfda --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_deserialization_options.go @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import "errors" + +var defaultATNDeserializationOptions = ATNDeserializationOptions{true, true, false} + +type ATNDeserializationOptions struct { + readOnly bool + verifyATN bool + generateRuleBypassTransitions bool +} + +func (opts *ATNDeserializationOptions) ReadOnly() bool { + return opts.readOnly +} + +func (opts *ATNDeserializationOptions) SetReadOnly(readOnly bool) { + if opts.readOnly { + panic(errors.New("Cannot mutate read only ATNDeserializationOptions")) + } + opts.readOnly = readOnly +} + +func (opts *ATNDeserializationOptions) VerifyATN() bool { + return opts.verifyATN +} + +func (opts *ATNDeserializationOptions) SetVerifyATN(verifyATN bool) { + if opts.readOnly { + panic(errors.New("Cannot mutate read only ATNDeserializationOptions")) + } + opts.verifyATN = verifyATN +} + +func (opts *ATNDeserializationOptions) GenerateRuleBypassTransitions() bool { + return opts.generateRuleBypassTransitions +} + +func (opts *ATNDeserializationOptions) SetGenerateRuleBypassTransitions(generateRuleBypassTransitions bool) { + if opts.readOnly { + panic(errors.New("Cannot mutate read only ATNDeserializationOptions")) + } + opts.generateRuleBypassTransitions = generateRuleBypassTransitions +} + +func DefaultATNDeserializationOptions() *ATNDeserializationOptions { + return NewATNDeserializationOptions(&defaultATNDeserializationOptions) +} + +func NewATNDeserializationOptions(other *ATNDeserializationOptions) *ATNDeserializationOptions { + o := new(ATNDeserializationOptions) + if other != nil { + *o = *other + o.readOnly = false + } + return o +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_deserializer.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_deserializer.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3888856b4b66 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_deserializer.go @@ -0,0 +1,683 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "fmt" + "strconv" +) + +const serializedVersion = 4 + +type loopEndStateIntPair struct { + item0 *LoopEndState + item1 int +} + +type blockStartStateIntPair struct { + item0 BlockStartState + item1 int +} + +type ATNDeserializer struct { + options *ATNDeserializationOptions + data []int32 + pos int +} + +func NewATNDeserializer(options *ATNDeserializationOptions) *ATNDeserializer { + if options == nil { + options = &defaultATNDeserializationOptions + } + + return &ATNDeserializer{options: options} +} + +func stringInSlice(a string, list []string) int { + for i, b := range list { + if b == a { + return i + } + } + + return -1 +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) Deserialize(data []int32) *ATN { + a.data = data + a.pos = 0 + a.checkVersion() + + atn := a.readATN() + + a.readStates(atn) + a.readRules(atn) + a.readModes(atn) + + sets := a.readSets(atn, nil) + + a.readEdges(atn, sets) + a.readDecisions(atn) + a.readLexerActions(atn) + a.markPrecedenceDecisions(atn) + a.verifyATN(atn) + + if a.options.GenerateRuleBypassTransitions() && atn.grammarType == ATNTypeParser { + a.generateRuleBypassTransitions(atn) + // Re-verify after modification + a.verifyATN(atn) + } + + return atn + +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) checkVersion() { + version := a.readInt() + + if version != serializedVersion { + panic("Could not deserialize ATN with version " + strconv.Itoa(version) + " (expected " + strconv.Itoa(serializedVersion) + ").") + } +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) readATN() *ATN { + grammarType := a.readInt() + maxTokenType := a.readInt() + + return NewATN(grammarType, maxTokenType) +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) readStates(atn *ATN) { + nstates := a.readInt() + + // Allocate worst case size. + loopBackStateNumbers := make([]loopEndStateIntPair, 0, nstates) + endStateNumbers := make([]blockStartStateIntPair, 0, nstates) + + // Preallocate states slice. + atn.states = make([]ATNState, 0, nstates) + + for i := 0; i < nstates; i++ { + stype := a.readInt() + + // Ignore bad types of states + if stype == ATNStateInvalidType { + atn.addState(nil) + continue + } + + ruleIndex := a.readInt() + + s := a.stateFactory(stype, ruleIndex) + + if stype == ATNStateLoopEnd { + loopBackStateNumber := a.readInt() + + loopBackStateNumbers = append(loopBackStateNumbers, loopEndStateIntPair{s.(*LoopEndState), loopBackStateNumber}) + } else if s2, ok := s.(BlockStartState); ok { + endStateNumber := a.readInt() + + endStateNumbers = append(endStateNumbers, blockStartStateIntPair{s2, endStateNumber}) + } + + atn.addState(s) + } + + // Delay the assignment of loop back and end states until we know all the state + // instances have been initialized + for _, pair := range loopBackStateNumbers { + pair.item0.loopBackState = atn.states[pair.item1] + } + + for _, pair := range endStateNumbers { + pair.item0.setEndState(atn.states[pair.item1].(*BlockEndState)) + } + + numNonGreedyStates := a.readInt() + for j := 0; j < numNonGreedyStates; j++ { + stateNumber := a.readInt() + + atn.states[stateNumber].(DecisionState).setNonGreedy(true) + } + + numPrecedenceStates := a.readInt() + for j := 0; j < numPrecedenceStates; j++ { + stateNumber := a.readInt() + + atn.states[stateNumber].(*RuleStartState).isPrecedenceRule = true + } +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) readRules(atn *ATN) { + nrules := a.readInt() + + if atn.grammarType == ATNTypeLexer { + atn.ruleToTokenType = make([]int, nrules) + } + + atn.ruleToStartState = make([]*RuleStartState, nrules) + + for i := range atn.ruleToStartState { + s := a.readInt() + startState := atn.states[s].(*RuleStartState) + + atn.ruleToStartState[i] = startState + + if atn.grammarType == ATNTypeLexer { + tokenType := a.readInt() + + atn.ruleToTokenType[i] = tokenType + } + } + + atn.ruleToStopState = make([]*RuleStopState, nrules) + + for _, state := range atn.states { + if s2, ok := state.(*RuleStopState); ok { + atn.ruleToStopState[s2.ruleIndex] = s2 + atn.ruleToStartState[s2.ruleIndex].stopState = s2 + } + } +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) readModes(atn *ATN) { + nmodes := a.readInt() + atn.modeToStartState = make([]*TokensStartState, nmodes) + + for i := range atn.modeToStartState { + s := a.readInt() + + atn.modeToStartState[i] = atn.states[s].(*TokensStartState) + } +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) readSets(atn *ATN, sets []*IntervalSet) []*IntervalSet { + m := a.readInt() + + // Preallocate the needed capacity. + if cap(sets)-len(sets) < m { + isets := make([]*IntervalSet, len(sets), len(sets)+m) + copy(isets, sets) + sets = isets + } + + for i := 0; i < m; i++ { + iset := NewIntervalSet() + + sets = append(sets, iset) + + n := a.readInt() + containsEOF := a.readInt() + + if containsEOF != 0 { + iset.addOne(-1) + } + + for j := 0; j < n; j++ { + i1 := a.readInt() + i2 := a.readInt() + + iset.addRange(i1, i2) + } + } + + return sets +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) readEdges(atn *ATN, sets []*IntervalSet) { + nedges := a.readInt() + + for i := 0; i < nedges; i++ { + var ( + src = a.readInt() + trg = a.readInt() + ttype = a.readInt() + arg1 = a.readInt() + arg2 = a.readInt() + arg3 = a.readInt() + trans = a.edgeFactory(atn, ttype, src, trg, arg1, arg2, arg3, sets) + srcState = atn.states[src] + ) + + srcState.AddTransition(trans, -1) + } + + // Edges for rule stop states can be derived, so they are not serialized + for _, state := range atn.states { + for _, t := range state.GetTransitions() { + var rt, ok = t.(*RuleTransition) + + if !ok { + continue + } + + outermostPrecedenceReturn := -1 + + if atn.ruleToStartState[rt.getTarget().GetRuleIndex()].isPrecedenceRule { + if rt.precedence == 0 { + outermostPrecedenceReturn = rt.getTarget().GetRuleIndex() + } + } + + trans := NewEpsilonTransition(rt.followState, outermostPrecedenceReturn) + + atn.ruleToStopState[rt.getTarget().GetRuleIndex()].AddTransition(trans, -1) + } + } + + for _, state := range atn.states { + if s2, ok := state.(BlockStartState); ok { + // We need to know the end state to set its start state + if s2.getEndState() == nil { + panic("IllegalState") + } + + // Block end states can only be associated to a single block start state + if s2.getEndState().startState != nil { + panic("IllegalState") + } + + s2.getEndState().startState = state + } + + if s2, ok := state.(*PlusLoopbackState); ok { + for _, t := range s2.GetTransitions() { + if t2, ok := t.getTarget().(*PlusBlockStartState); ok { + t2.loopBackState = state + } + } + } else if s2, ok := state.(*StarLoopbackState); ok { + for _, t := range s2.GetTransitions() { + if t2, ok := t.getTarget().(*StarLoopEntryState); ok { + t2.loopBackState = state + } + } + } + } +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) readDecisions(atn *ATN) { + ndecisions := a.readInt() + + for i := 0; i < ndecisions; i++ { + s := a.readInt() + decState := atn.states[s].(DecisionState) + + atn.DecisionToState = append(atn.DecisionToState, decState) + decState.setDecision(i) + } +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) readLexerActions(atn *ATN) { + if atn.grammarType == ATNTypeLexer { + count := a.readInt() + + atn.lexerActions = make([]LexerAction, count) + + for i := range atn.lexerActions { + actionType := a.readInt() + data1 := a.readInt() + data2 := a.readInt() + atn.lexerActions[i] = a.lexerActionFactory(actionType, data1, data2) + } + } +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) generateRuleBypassTransitions(atn *ATN) { + count := len(atn.ruleToStartState) + + for i := 0; i < count; i++ { + atn.ruleToTokenType[i] = atn.maxTokenType + i + 1 + } + + for i := 0; i < count; i++ { + a.generateRuleBypassTransition(atn, i) + } +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) generateRuleBypassTransition(atn *ATN, idx int) { + bypassStart := NewBasicBlockStartState() + + bypassStart.ruleIndex = idx + atn.addState(bypassStart) + + bypassStop := NewBlockEndState() + + bypassStop.ruleIndex = idx + atn.addState(bypassStop) + + bypassStart.endState = bypassStop + + atn.defineDecisionState(bypassStart.BaseDecisionState) + + bypassStop.startState = bypassStart + + var excludeTransition Transition + var endState ATNState + + if atn.ruleToStartState[idx].isPrecedenceRule { + // Wrap from the beginning of the rule to the StarLoopEntryState + endState = nil + + for i := 0; i < len(atn.states); i++ { + state := atn.states[i] + + if a.stateIsEndStateFor(state, idx) != nil { + endState = state + excludeTransition = state.(*StarLoopEntryState).loopBackState.GetTransitions()[0] + + break + } + } + + if excludeTransition == nil { + panic("Couldn't identify final state of the precedence rule prefix section.") + } + } else { + endState = atn.ruleToStopState[idx] + } + + // All non-excluded transitions that currently target end state need to target + // blockEnd instead + for i := 0; i < len(atn.states); i++ { + state := atn.states[i] + + for j := 0; j < len(state.GetTransitions()); j++ { + transition := state.GetTransitions()[j] + + if transition == excludeTransition { + continue + } + + if transition.getTarget() == endState { + transition.setTarget(bypassStop) + } + } + } + + // All transitions leaving the rule start state need to leave blockStart instead + ruleToStartState := atn.ruleToStartState[idx] + count := len(ruleToStartState.GetTransitions()) + + for count > 0 { + bypassStart.AddTransition(ruleToStartState.GetTransitions()[count-1], -1) + ruleToStartState.SetTransitions([]Transition{ruleToStartState.GetTransitions()[len(ruleToStartState.GetTransitions())-1]}) + } + + // Link the new states + atn.ruleToStartState[idx].AddTransition(NewEpsilonTransition(bypassStart, -1), -1) + bypassStop.AddTransition(NewEpsilonTransition(endState, -1), -1) + + MatchState := NewBasicState() + + atn.addState(MatchState) + MatchState.AddTransition(NewAtomTransition(bypassStop, atn.ruleToTokenType[idx]), -1) + bypassStart.AddTransition(NewEpsilonTransition(MatchState, -1), -1) +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) stateIsEndStateFor(state ATNState, idx int) ATNState { + if state.GetRuleIndex() != idx { + return nil + } + + if _, ok := state.(*StarLoopEntryState); !ok { + return nil + } + + maybeLoopEndState := state.GetTransitions()[len(state.GetTransitions())-1].getTarget() + + if _, ok := maybeLoopEndState.(*LoopEndState); !ok { + return nil + } + + var _, ok = maybeLoopEndState.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget().(*RuleStopState) + + if maybeLoopEndState.(*LoopEndState).epsilonOnlyTransitions && ok { + return state + } + + return nil +} + +// markPrecedenceDecisions analyzes the StarLoopEntryState states in the +// specified ATN to set the StarLoopEntryState.precedenceRuleDecision field to +// the correct value. +func (a *ATNDeserializer) markPrecedenceDecisions(atn *ATN) { + for _, state := range atn.states { + if _, ok := state.(*StarLoopEntryState); !ok { + continue + } + + // We analyze the ATN to determine if a ATN decision state is the + // decision for the closure block that determines whether a + // precedence rule should continue or complete. + if atn.ruleToStartState[state.GetRuleIndex()].isPrecedenceRule { + maybeLoopEndState := state.GetTransitions()[len(state.GetTransitions())-1].getTarget() + + if s3, ok := maybeLoopEndState.(*LoopEndState); ok { + var _, ok2 = maybeLoopEndState.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget().(*RuleStopState) + + if s3.epsilonOnlyTransitions && ok2 { + state.(*StarLoopEntryState).precedenceRuleDecision = true + } + } + } + } +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) verifyATN(atn *ATN) { + if !a.options.VerifyATN() { + return + } + + // Verify assumptions + for _, state := range atn.states { + if state == nil { + continue + } + + a.checkCondition(state.GetEpsilonOnlyTransitions() || len(state.GetTransitions()) <= 1, "") + + switch s2 := state.(type) { + case *PlusBlockStartState: + a.checkCondition(s2.loopBackState != nil, "") + + case *StarLoopEntryState: + a.checkCondition(s2.loopBackState != nil, "") + a.checkCondition(len(s2.GetTransitions()) == 2, "") + + switch s2.transitions[0].getTarget().(type) { + case *StarBlockStartState: + _, ok := s2.transitions[1].getTarget().(*LoopEndState) + + a.checkCondition(ok, "") + a.checkCondition(!s2.nonGreedy, "") + + case *LoopEndState: + var _, ok = s2.transitions[1].getTarget().(*StarBlockStartState) + + a.checkCondition(ok, "") + a.checkCondition(s2.nonGreedy, "") + + default: + panic("IllegalState") + } + + case *StarLoopbackState: + a.checkCondition(len(state.GetTransitions()) == 1, "") + + var _, ok = state.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget().(*StarLoopEntryState) + + a.checkCondition(ok, "") + + case *LoopEndState: + a.checkCondition(s2.loopBackState != nil, "") + + case *RuleStartState: + a.checkCondition(s2.stopState != nil, "") + + case BlockStartState: + a.checkCondition(s2.getEndState() != nil, "") + + case *BlockEndState: + a.checkCondition(s2.startState != nil, "") + + case DecisionState: + a.checkCondition(len(s2.GetTransitions()) <= 1 || s2.getDecision() >= 0, "") + + default: + var _, ok = s2.(*RuleStopState) + + a.checkCondition(len(s2.GetTransitions()) <= 1 || ok, "") + } + } +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) checkCondition(condition bool, message string) { + if !condition { + if message == "" { + message = "IllegalState" + } + + panic(message) + } +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) readInt() int { + v := a.data[a.pos] + + a.pos++ + + return int(v) // data is 32 bits but int is at least that big +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) edgeFactory(atn *ATN, typeIndex, src, trg, arg1, arg2, arg3 int, sets []*IntervalSet) Transition { + target := atn.states[trg] + + switch typeIndex { + case TransitionEPSILON: + return NewEpsilonTransition(target, -1) + + case TransitionRANGE: + if arg3 != 0 { + return NewRangeTransition(target, TokenEOF, arg2) + } + + return NewRangeTransition(target, arg1, arg2) + + case TransitionRULE: + return NewRuleTransition(atn.states[arg1], arg2, arg3, target) + + case TransitionPREDICATE: + return NewPredicateTransition(target, arg1, arg2, arg3 != 0) + + case TransitionPRECEDENCE: + return NewPrecedencePredicateTransition(target, arg1) + + case TransitionATOM: + if arg3 != 0 { + return NewAtomTransition(target, TokenEOF) + } + + return NewAtomTransition(target, arg1) + + case TransitionACTION: + return NewActionTransition(target, arg1, arg2, arg3 != 0) + + case TransitionSET: + return NewSetTransition(target, sets[arg1]) + + case TransitionNOTSET: + return NewNotSetTransition(target, sets[arg1]) + + case TransitionWILDCARD: + return NewWildcardTransition(target) + } + + panic("The specified transition type is not valid.") +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) stateFactory(typeIndex, ruleIndex int) ATNState { + var s ATNState + + switch typeIndex { + case ATNStateInvalidType: + return nil + + case ATNStateBasic: + s = NewBasicState() + + case ATNStateRuleStart: + s = NewRuleStartState() + + case ATNStateBlockStart: + s = NewBasicBlockStartState() + + case ATNStatePlusBlockStart: + s = NewPlusBlockStartState() + + case ATNStateStarBlockStart: + s = NewStarBlockStartState() + + case ATNStateTokenStart: + s = NewTokensStartState() + + case ATNStateRuleStop: + s = NewRuleStopState() + + case ATNStateBlockEnd: + s = NewBlockEndState() + + case ATNStateStarLoopBack: + s = NewStarLoopbackState() + + case ATNStateStarLoopEntry: + s = NewStarLoopEntryState() + + case ATNStatePlusLoopBack: + s = NewPlusLoopbackState() + + case ATNStateLoopEnd: + s = NewLoopEndState() + + default: + panic(fmt.Sprintf("state type %d is invalid", typeIndex)) + } + + s.SetRuleIndex(ruleIndex) + + return s +} + +func (a *ATNDeserializer) lexerActionFactory(typeIndex, data1, data2 int) LexerAction { + switch typeIndex { + case LexerActionTypeChannel: + return NewLexerChannelAction(data1) + + case LexerActionTypeCustom: + return NewLexerCustomAction(data1, data2) + + case LexerActionTypeMode: + return NewLexerModeAction(data1) + + case LexerActionTypeMore: + return LexerMoreActionINSTANCE + + case LexerActionTypePopMode: + return LexerPopModeActionINSTANCE + + case LexerActionTypePushMode: + return NewLexerPushModeAction(data1) + + case LexerActionTypeSkip: + return LexerSkipActionINSTANCE + + case LexerActionTypeType: + return NewLexerTypeAction(data1) + + default: + panic(fmt.Sprintf("lexer action %d is invalid", typeIndex)) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_simulator.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_simulator.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..41529115fa69 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_simulator.go @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +var ATNSimulatorError = NewDFAState(0x7FFFFFFF, NewBaseATNConfigSet(false)) + +type IATNSimulator interface { + SharedContextCache() *PredictionContextCache + ATN() *ATN + DecisionToDFA() []*DFA +} + +type BaseATNSimulator struct { + atn *ATN + sharedContextCache *PredictionContextCache + decisionToDFA []*DFA +} + +func NewBaseATNSimulator(atn *ATN, sharedContextCache *PredictionContextCache) *BaseATNSimulator { + b := new(BaseATNSimulator) + + b.atn = atn + b.sharedContextCache = sharedContextCache + + return b +} + +func (b *BaseATNSimulator) getCachedContext(context PredictionContext) PredictionContext { + if b.sharedContextCache == nil { + return context + } + + visited := make(map[PredictionContext]PredictionContext) + + return getCachedBasePredictionContext(context, b.sharedContextCache, visited) +} + +func (b *BaseATNSimulator) SharedContextCache() *PredictionContextCache { + return b.sharedContextCache +} + +func (b *BaseATNSimulator) ATN() *ATN { + return b.atn +} + +func (b *BaseATNSimulator) DecisionToDFA() []*DFA { + return b.decisionToDFA +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_state.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_state.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1f2a56bc3118 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_state.go @@ -0,0 +1,393 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import "strconv" + +// Constants for serialization. +const ( + ATNStateInvalidType = 0 + ATNStateBasic = 1 + ATNStateRuleStart = 2 + ATNStateBlockStart = 3 + ATNStatePlusBlockStart = 4 + ATNStateStarBlockStart = 5 + ATNStateTokenStart = 6 + ATNStateRuleStop = 7 + ATNStateBlockEnd = 8 + ATNStateStarLoopBack = 9 + ATNStateStarLoopEntry = 10 + ATNStatePlusLoopBack = 11 + ATNStateLoopEnd = 12 + + ATNStateInvalidStateNumber = -1 +) + +var ATNStateInitialNumTransitions = 4 + +type ATNState interface { + GetEpsilonOnlyTransitions() bool + + GetRuleIndex() int + SetRuleIndex(int) + + GetNextTokenWithinRule() *IntervalSet + SetNextTokenWithinRule(*IntervalSet) + + GetATN() *ATN + SetATN(*ATN) + + GetStateType() int + + GetStateNumber() int + SetStateNumber(int) + + GetTransitions() []Transition + SetTransitions([]Transition) + AddTransition(Transition, int) + + String() string + Hash() int + Equals(Collectable[ATNState]) bool +} + +type BaseATNState struct { + // NextTokenWithinRule caches lookahead during parsing. Not used during construction. + NextTokenWithinRule *IntervalSet + + // atn is the current ATN. + atn *ATN + + epsilonOnlyTransitions bool + + // ruleIndex tracks the Rule index because there are no Rule objects at runtime. + ruleIndex int + + stateNumber int + + stateType int + + // Track the transitions emanating from this ATN state. + transitions []Transition +} + +func NewBaseATNState() *BaseATNState { + return &BaseATNState{stateNumber: ATNStateInvalidStateNumber, stateType: ATNStateInvalidType} +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) GetRuleIndex() int { + return as.ruleIndex +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) SetRuleIndex(v int) { + as.ruleIndex = v +} +func (as *BaseATNState) GetEpsilonOnlyTransitions() bool { + return as.epsilonOnlyTransitions +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) GetATN() *ATN { + return as.atn +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) SetATN(atn *ATN) { + as.atn = atn +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) GetTransitions() []Transition { + return as.transitions +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) SetTransitions(t []Transition) { + as.transitions = t +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) GetStateType() int { + return as.stateType +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) GetStateNumber() int { + return as.stateNumber +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) SetStateNumber(stateNumber int) { + as.stateNumber = stateNumber +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) GetNextTokenWithinRule() *IntervalSet { + return as.NextTokenWithinRule +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) SetNextTokenWithinRule(v *IntervalSet) { + as.NextTokenWithinRule = v +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) Hash() int { + return as.stateNumber +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) String() string { + return strconv.Itoa(as.stateNumber) +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) Equals(other Collectable[ATNState]) bool { + if ot, ok := other.(ATNState); ok { + return as.stateNumber == ot.GetStateNumber() + } + + return false +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) isNonGreedyExitState() bool { + return false +} + +func (as *BaseATNState) AddTransition(trans Transition, index int) { + if len(as.transitions) == 0 { + as.epsilonOnlyTransitions = trans.getIsEpsilon() + } else if as.epsilonOnlyTransitions != trans.getIsEpsilon() { + as.epsilonOnlyTransitions = false + } + + if index == -1 { + as.transitions = append(as.transitions, trans) + } else { + as.transitions = append(as.transitions[:index], append([]Transition{trans}, as.transitions[index:]...)...) + // TODO: as.transitions.splice(index, 1, trans) + } +} + +type BasicState struct { + *BaseATNState +} + +func NewBasicState() *BasicState { + b := NewBaseATNState() + + b.stateType = ATNStateBasic + + return &BasicState{BaseATNState: b} +} + +type DecisionState interface { + ATNState + + getDecision() int + setDecision(int) + + getNonGreedy() bool + setNonGreedy(bool) +} + +type BaseDecisionState struct { + *BaseATNState + decision int + nonGreedy bool +} + +func NewBaseDecisionState() *BaseDecisionState { + return &BaseDecisionState{BaseATNState: NewBaseATNState(), decision: -1} +} + +func (s *BaseDecisionState) getDecision() int { + return s.decision +} + +func (s *BaseDecisionState) setDecision(b int) { + s.decision = b +} + +func (s *BaseDecisionState) getNonGreedy() bool { + return s.nonGreedy +} + +func (s *BaseDecisionState) setNonGreedy(b bool) { + s.nonGreedy = b +} + +type BlockStartState interface { + DecisionState + + getEndState() *BlockEndState + setEndState(*BlockEndState) +} + +// BaseBlockStartState is the start of a regular (...) block. +type BaseBlockStartState struct { + *BaseDecisionState + endState *BlockEndState +} + +func NewBlockStartState() *BaseBlockStartState { + return &BaseBlockStartState{BaseDecisionState: NewBaseDecisionState()} +} + +func (s *BaseBlockStartState) getEndState() *BlockEndState { + return s.endState +} + +func (s *BaseBlockStartState) setEndState(b *BlockEndState) { + s.endState = b +} + +type BasicBlockStartState struct { + *BaseBlockStartState +} + +func NewBasicBlockStartState() *BasicBlockStartState { + b := NewBlockStartState() + + b.stateType = ATNStateBlockStart + + return &BasicBlockStartState{BaseBlockStartState: b} +} + +var _ BlockStartState = &BasicBlockStartState{} + +// BlockEndState is a terminal node of a simple (a|b|c) block. +type BlockEndState struct { + *BaseATNState + startState ATNState +} + +func NewBlockEndState() *BlockEndState { + b := NewBaseATNState() + + b.stateType = ATNStateBlockEnd + + return &BlockEndState{BaseATNState: b} +} + +// RuleStopState is the last node in the ATN for a rule, unless that rule is the +// start symbol. In that case, there is one transition to EOF. Later, we might +// encode references to all calls to this rule to compute FOLLOW sets for error +// handling. +type RuleStopState struct { + *BaseATNState +} + +func NewRuleStopState() *RuleStopState { + b := NewBaseATNState() + + b.stateType = ATNStateRuleStop + + return &RuleStopState{BaseATNState: b} +} + +type RuleStartState struct { + *BaseATNState + stopState ATNState + isPrecedenceRule bool +} + +func NewRuleStartState() *RuleStartState { + b := NewBaseATNState() + + b.stateType = ATNStateRuleStart + + return &RuleStartState{BaseATNState: b} +} + +// PlusLoopbackState is a decision state for A+ and (A|B)+. It has two +// transitions: one to the loop back to start of the block, and one to exit. +type PlusLoopbackState struct { + *BaseDecisionState +} + +func NewPlusLoopbackState() *PlusLoopbackState { + b := NewBaseDecisionState() + + b.stateType = ATNStatePlusLoopBack + + return &PlusLoopbackState{BaseDecisionState: b} +} + +// PlusBlockStartState is the start of a (A|B|...)+ loop. Technically it is a +// decision state; we don't use it for code generation. Somebody might need it, +// it is included for completeness. In reality, PlusLoopbackState is the real +// decision-making node for A+. +type PlusBlockStartState struct { + *BaseBlockStartState + loopBackState ATNState +} + +func NewPlusBlockStartState() *PlusBlockStartState { + b := NewBlockStartState() + + b.stateType = ATNStatePlusBlockStart + + return &PlusBlockStartState{BaseBlockStartState: b} +} + +var _ BlockStartState = &PlusBlockStartState{} + +// StarBlockStartState is the block that begins a closure loop. +type StarBlockStartState struct { + *BaseBlockStartState +} + +func NewStarBlockStartState() *StarBlockStartState { + b := NewBlockStartState() + + b.stateType = ATNStateStarBlockStart + + return &StarBlockStartState{BaseBlockStartState: b} +} + +var _ BlockStartState = &StarBlockStartState{} + +type StarLoopbackState struct { + *BaseATNState +} + +func NewStarLoopbackState() *StarLoopbackState { + b := NewBaseATNState() + + b.stateType = ATNStateStarLoopBack + + return &StarLoopbackState{BaseATNState: b} +} + +type StarLoopEntryState struct { + *BaseDecisionState + loopBackState ATNState + precedenceRuleDecision bool +} + +func NewStarLoopEntryState() *StarLoopEntryState { + b := NewBaseDecisionState() + + b.stateType = ATNStateStarLoopEntry + + // False precedenceRuleDecision indicates whether s state can benefit from a precedence DFA during SLL decision making. + return &StarLoopEntryState{BaseDecisionState: b} +} + +// LoopEndState marks the end of a * or + loop. +type LoopEndState struct { + *BaseATNState + loopBackState ATNState +} + +func NewLoopEndState() *LoopEndState { + b := NewBaseATNState() + + b.stateType = ATNStateLoopEnd + + return &LoopEndState{BaseATNState: b} +} + +// TokensStartState is the Tokens rule start state linking to each lexer rule start state. +type TokensStartState struct { + *BaseDecisionState +} + +func NewTokensStartState() *TokensStartState { + b := NewBaseDecisionState() + + b.stateType = ATNStateTokenStart + + return &TokensStartState{BaseDecisionState: b} +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_type.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_type.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3a515a145f46 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/atn_type.go @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +// Represent the type of recognizer an ATN applies to. +const ( + ATNTypeLexer = 0 + ATNTypeParser = 1 +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/char_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/char_stream.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c33f0adb5e12 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/char_stream.go @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +type CharStream interface { + IntStream + GetText(int, int) string + GetTextFromTokens(start, end Token) string + GetTextFromInterval(*Interval) string +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/common_token_factory.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/common_token_factory.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1bb0314ea09c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/common_token_factory.go @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +// TokenFactory creates CommonToken objects. +type TokenFactory interface { + Create(source *TokenSourceCharStreamPair, ttype int, text string, channel, start, stop, line, column int) Token +} + +// CommonTokenFactory is the default TokenFactory implementation. +type CommonTokenFactory struct { + // copyText indicates whether CommonToken.setText should be called after + // constructing tokens to explicitly set the text. This is useful for cases + // where the input stream might not be able to provide arbitrary substrings of + // text from the input after the lexer creates a token (e.g. the + // implementation of CharStream.GetText in UnbufferedCharStream panics an + // UnsupportedOperationException). Explicitly setting the token text allows + // Token.GetText to be called at any time regardless of the input stream + // implementation. + // + // The default value is false to avoid the performance and memory overhead of + // copying text for every token unless explicitly requested. + copyText bool +} + +func NewCommonTokenFactory(copyText bool) *CommonTokenFactory { + return &CommonTokenFactory{copyText: copyText} +} + +// CommonTokenFactoryDEFAULT is the default CommonTokenFactory. It does not +// explicitly copy token text when constructing tokens. +var CommonTokenFactoryDEFAULT = NewCommonTokenFactory(false) + +func (c *CommonTokenFactory) Create(source *TokenSourceCharStreamPair, ttype int, text string, channel, start, stop, line, column int) Token { + t := NewCommonToken(source, ttype, channel, start, stop) + + t.line = line + t.column = column + + if text != "" { + t.SetText(text) + } else if c.copyText && source.charStream != nil { + t.SetText(source.charStream.GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(start, stop))) + } + + return t +} + +func (c *CommonTokenFactory) createThin(ttype int, text string) Token { + t := NewCommonToken(nil, ttype, TokenDefaultChannel, -1, -1) + t.SetText(text) + + return t +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/common_token_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/common_token_stream.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c6c9485a20ae --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/common_token_stream.go @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "strconv" +) + +// CommonTokenStream is an implementation of TokenStream that loads tokens from +// a TokenSource on-demand and places the tokens in a buffer to provide access +// to any previous token by index. This token stream ignores the value of +// Token.getChannel. If your parser requires the token stream filter tokens to +// only those on a particular channel, such as Token.DEFAULT_CHANNEL or +// Token.HIDDEN_CHANNEL, use a filtering token stream such a CommonTokenStream. +type CommonTokenStream struct { + channel int + + // fetchedEOF indicates whether the Token.EOF token has been fetched from + // tokenSource and added to tokens. This field improves performance for the + // following cases: + // + // consume: The lookahead check in consume to preven consuming the EOF symbol is + // optimized by checking the values of fetchedEOF and p instead of calling LA. + // + // fetch: The check to prevent adding multiple EOF symbols into tokens is + // trivial with bt field. + fetchedEOF bool + + // index indexs into tokens of the current token (next token to consume). + // tokens[p] should be LT(1). It is set to -1 when the stream is first + // constructed or when SetTokenSource is called, indicating that the first token + // has not yet been fetched from the token source. For additional information, + // see the documentation of IntStream for a description of initializing methods. + index int + + // tokenSource is the TokenSource from which tokens for the bt stream are + // fetched. + tokenSource TokenSource + + // tokens is all tokens fetched from the token source. The list is considered a + // complete view of the input once fetchedEOF is set to true. + tokens []Token +} + +func NewCommonTokenStream(lexer Lexer, channel int) *CommonTokenStream { + return &CommonTokenStream{ + channel: channel, + index: -1, + tokenSource: lexer, + tokens: make([]Token, 0), + } +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetAllTokens() []Token { + return c.tokens +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) Mark() int { + return 0 +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) Release(marker int) {} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) reset() { + c.Seek(0) +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) Seek(index int) { + c.lazyInit() + c.index = c.adjustSeekIndex(index) +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) Get(index int) Token { + c.lazyInit() + + return c.tokens[index] +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) Consume() { + SkipEOFCheck := false + + if c.index >= 0 { + if c.fetchedEOF { + // The last token in tokens is EOF. Skip the check if p indexes any fetched. + // token except the last. + SkipEOFCheck = c.index < len(c.tokens)-1 + } else { + // No EOF token in tokens. Skip the check if p indexes a fetched token. + SkipEOFCheck = c.index < len(c.tokens) + } + } else { + // Not yet initialized + SkipEOFCheck = false + } + + if !SkipEOFCheck && c.LA(1) == TokenEOF { + panic("cannot consume EOF") + } + + if c.Sync(c.index + 1) { + c.index = c.adjustSeekIndex(c.index + 1) + } +} + +// Sync makes sure index i in tokens has a token and returns true if a token is +// located at index i and otherwise false. +func (c *CommonTokenStream) Sync(i int) bool { + n := i - len(c.tokens) + 1 // TODO: How many more elements do we need? + + if n > 0 { + fetched := c.fetch(n) + return fetched >= n + } + + return true +} + +// fetch adds n elements to buffer and returns the actual number of elements +// added to the buffer. +func (c *CommonTokenStream) fetch(n int) int { + if c.fetchedEOF { + return 0 + } + + for i := 0; i < n; i++ { + t := c.tokenSource.NextToken() + + t.SetTokenIndex(len(c.tokens)) + c.tokens = append(c.tokens, t) + + if t.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF { + c.fetchedEOF = true + + return i + 1 + } + } + + return n +} + +// GetTokens gets all tokens from start to stop inclusive. +func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetTokens(start int, stop int, types *IntervalSet) []Token { + if start < 0 || stop < 0 { + return nil + } + + c.lazyInit() + + subset := make([]Token, 0) + + if stop >= len(c.tokens) { + stop = len(c.tokens) - 1 + } + + for i := start; i < stop; i++ { + t := c.tokens[i] + + if t.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF { + break + } + + if types == nil || types.contains(t.GetTokenType()) { + subset = append(subset, t) + } + } + + return subset +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) LA(i int) int { + return c.LT(i).GetTokenType() +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) lazyInit() { + if c.index == -1 { + c.setup() + } +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) setup() { + c.Sync(0) + c.index = c.adjustSeekIndex(0) +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetTokenSource() TokenSource { + return c.tokenSource +} + +// SetTokenSource resets the c token stream by setting its token source. +func (c *CommonTokenStream) SetTokenSource(tokenSource TokenSource) { + c.tokenSource = tokenSource + c.tokens = make([]Token, 0) + c.index = -1 +} + +// NextTokenOnChannel returns the index of the next token on channel given a +// starting index. Returns i if tokens[i] is on channel. Returns -1 if there are +// no tokens on channel between i and EOF. +func (c *CommonTokenStream) NextTokenOnChannel(i, channel int) int { + c.Sync(i) + + if i >= len(c.tokens) { + return -1 + } + + token := c.tokens[i] + + for token.GetChannel() != c.channel { + if token.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF { + return -1 + } + + i++ + c.Sync(i) + token = c.tokens[i] + } + + return i +} + +// previousTokenOnChannel returns the index of the previous token on channel +// given a starting index. Returns i if tokens[i] is on channel. Returns -1 if +// there are no tokens on channel between i and 0. +func (c *CommonTokenStream) previousTokenOnChannel(i, channel int) int { + for i >= 0 && c.tokens[i].GetChannel() != channel { + i-- + } + + return i +} + +// GetHiddenTokensToRight collects all tokens on a specified channel to the +// right of the current token up until we see a token on DEFAULT_TOKEN_CHANNEL +// or EOF. If channel is -1, it finds any non-default channel token. +func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetHiddenTokensToRight(tokenIndex, channel int) []Token { + c.lazyInit() + + if tokenIndex < 0 || tokenIndex >= len(c.tokens) { + panic(strconv.Itoa(tokenIndex) + " not in 0.." + strconv.Itoa(len(c.tokens)-1)) + } + + nextOnChannel := c.NextTokenOnChannel(tokenIndex+1, LexerDefaultTokenChannel) + from := tokenIndex + 1 + + // If no onchannel to the right, then nextOnChannel == -1, so set to to last token + var to int + + if nextOnChannel == -1 { + to = len(c.tokens) - 1 + } else { + to = nextOnChannel + } + + return c.filterForChannel(from, to, channel) +} + +// GetHiddenTokensToLeft collects all tokens on channel to the left of the +// current token until we see a token on DEFAULT_TOKEN_CHANNEL. If channel is +// -1, it finds any non default channel token. +func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetHiddenTokensToLeft(tokenIndex, channel int) []Token { + c.lazyInit() + + if tokenIndex < 0 || tokenIndex >= len(c.tokens) { + panic(strconv.Itoa(tokenIndex) + " not in 0.." + strconv.Itoa(len(c.tokens)-1)) + } + + prevOnChannel := c.previousTokenOnChannel(tokenIndex-1, LexerDefaultTokenChannel) + + if prevOnChannel == tokenIndex-1 { + return nil + } + + // If there are none on channel to the left and prevOnChannel == -1 then from = 0 + from := prevOnChannel + 1 + to := tokenIndex - 1 + + return c.filterForChannel(from, to, channel) +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) filterForChannel(left, right, channel int) []Token { + hidden := make([]Token, 0) + + for i := left; i < right+1; i++ { + t := c.tokens[i] + + if channel == -1 { + if t.GetChannel() != LexerDefaultTokenChannel { + hidden = append(hidden, t) + } + } else if t.GetChannel() == channel { + hidden = append(hidden, t) + } + } + + if len(hidden) == 0 { + return nil + } + + return hidden +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetSourceName() string { + return c.tokenSource.GetSourceName() +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) Size() int { + return len(c.tokens) +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) Index() int { + return c.index +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetAllText() string { + return c.GetTextFromInterval(nil) +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetTextFromTokens(start, end Token) string { + if start == nil || end == nil { + return "" + } + + return c.GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(start.GetTokenIndex(), end.GetTokenIndex())) +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetTextFromRuleContext(interval RuleContext) string { + return c.GetTextFromInterval(interval.GetSourceInterval()) +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) GetTextFromInterval(interval *Interval) string { + c.lazyInit() + + if interval == nil { + c.Fill() + interval = NewInterval(0, len(c.tokens)-1) + } else { + c.Sync(interval.Stop) + } + + start := interval.Start + stop := interval.Stop + + if start < 0 || stop < 0 { + return "" + } + + if stop >= len(c.tokens) { + stop = len(c.tokens) - 1 + } + + s := "" + + for i := start; i < stop+1; i++ { + t := c.tokens[i] + + if t.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF { + break + } + + s += t.GetText() + } + + return s +} + +// Fill gets all tokens from the lexer until EOF. +func (c *CommonTokenStream) Fill() { + c.lazyInit() + + for c.fetch(1000) == 1000 { + continue + } +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) adjustSeekIndex(i int) int { + return c.NextTokenOnChannel(i, c.channel) +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) LB(k int) Token { + if k == 0 || c.index-k < 0 { + return nil + } + + i := c.index + n := 1 + + // Find k good tokens looking backward + for n <= k { + // Skip off-channel tokens + i = c.previousTokenOnChannel(i-1, c.channel) + n++ + } + + if i < 0 { + return nil + } + + return c.tokens[i] +} + +func (c *CommonTokenStream) LT(k int) Token { + c.lazyInit() + + if k == 0 { + return nil + } + + if k < 0 { + return c.LB(-k) + } + + i := c.index + n := 1 // We know tokens[n] is valid + + // Find k good tokens + for n < k { + // Skip off-channel tokens, but make sure to not look past EOF + if c.Sync(i + 1) { + i = c.NextTokenOnChannel(i+1, c.channel) + } + + n++ + } + + return c.tokens[i] +} + +// getNumberOfOnChannelTokens counts EOF once. +func (c *CommonTokenStream) getNumberOfOnChannelTokens() int { + var n int + + c.Fill() + + for i := 0; i < len(c.tokens); i++ { + t := c.tokens[i] + + if t.GetChannel() == c.channel { + n++ + } + + if t.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF { + break + } + } + + return n +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/comparators.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/comparators.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9ea3200536a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/comparators.go @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +package antlr + +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +// This file contains all the implementations of custom comparators used for generic collections when the +// Hash() and Equals() funcs supplied by the struct objects themselves need to be overridden. Normally, we would +// put the comparators in the source file for the struct themselves, but given the organization of this code is +// sorta kinda based upon the Java code, I found it confusing trying to find out which comparator was where and used by +// which instantiation of a collection. For instance, an Array2DHashSet in the Java source, when used with ATNConfig +// collections requires three different comparators depending on what the collection is being used for. Collecting - pun intended - +// all the comparators here, makes it much easier to see which implementation of hash and equals is used by which collection. +// It also makes it easy to verify that the Hash() and Equals() functions marry up with the Java implementations. + +// ObjEqComparator is the equivalent of the Java ObjectEqualityComparator, which is the default instance of +// Equality comparator. We do not have inheritance in Go, only interfaces, so we use generics to enforce some +// type safety and avoid having to implement this for every type that we want to perform comparison on. +// +// This comparator works by using the standard Hash() and Equals() methods of the type T that is being compared. Which +// allows us to use it in any collection instance that does nto require a special hash or equals implementation. +type ObjEqComparator[T Collectable[T]] struct{} + +var ( + aStateEqInst = &ObjEqComparator[ATNState]{} + aConfEqInst = &ObjEqComparator[ATNConfig]{} + aConfCompInst = &ATNConfigComparator[ATNConfig]{} + atnConfCompInst = &BaseATNConfigComparator[ATNConfig]{} + dfaStateEqInst = &ObjEqComparator[*DFAState]{} + semctxEqInst = &ObjEqComparator[SemanticContext]{} + atnAltCfgEqInst = &ATNAltConfigComparator[ATNConfig]{} +) + +// Equals2 delegates to the Equals() method of type T +func (c *ObjEqComparator[T]) Equals2(o1, o2 T) bool { + return o1.Equals(o2) +} + +// Hash1 delegates to the Hash() method of type T +func (c *ObjEqComparator[T]) Hash1(o T) int { + + return o.Hash() +} + +type SemCComparator[T Collectable[T]] struct{} + +// ATNConfigComparator is used as the compartor for the configLookup field of an ATNConfigSet +// and has a custom Equals() and Hash() implementation, because equality is not based on the +// standard Hash() and Equals() methods of the ATNConfig type. +type ATNConfigComparator[T Collectable[T]] struct { +} + +// Equals2 is a custom comparator for ATNConfigs specifically for configLookup +func (c *ATNConfigComparator[T]) Equals2(o1, o2 ATNConfig) bool { + + // Same pointer, must be equal, even if both nil + // + if o1 == o2 { + return true + + } + + // If either are nil, but not both, then the result is false + // + if o1 == nil || o2 == nil { + return false + } + + return o1.GetState().GetStateNumber() == o2.GetState().GetStateNumber() && + o1.GetAlt() == o2.GetAlt() && + o1.GetSemanticContext().Equals(o2.GetSemanticContext()) +} + +// Hash1 is custom hash implementation for ATNConfigs specifically for configLookup +func (c *ATNConfigComparator[T]) Hash1(o ATNConfig) int { + hash := 7 + hash = 31*hash + o.GetState().GetStateNumber() + hash = 31*hash + o.GetAlt() + hash = 31*hash + o.GetSemanticContext().Hash() + return hash +} + +// ATNAltConfigComparator is used as the comparator for mapping configs to Alt Bitsets +type ATNAltConfigComparator[T Collectable[T]] struct { +} + +// Equals2 is a custom comparator for ATNConfigs specifically for configLookup +func (c *ATNAltConfigComparator[T]) Equals2(o1, o2 ATNConfig) bool { + + // Same pointer, must be equal, even if both nil + // + if o1 == o2 { + return true + + } + + // If either are nil, but not both, then the result is false + // + if o1 == nil || o2 == nil { + return false + } + + return o1.GetState().GetStateNumber() == o2.GetState().GetStateNumber() && + o1.GetContext().Equals(o2.GetContext()) +} + +// Hash1 is custom hash implementation for ATNConfigs specifically for configLookup +func (c *ATNAltConfigComparator[T]) Hash1(o ATNConfig) int { + h := murmurInit(7) + h = murmurUpdate(h, o.GetState().GetStateNumber()) + h = murmurUpdate(h, o.GetContext().Hash()) + return murmurFinish(h, 2) +} + +// BaseATNConfigComparator is used as the comparator for the configLookup field of a BaseATNConfigSet +// and has a custom Equals() and Hash() implementation, because equality is not based on the +// standard Hash() and Equals() methods of the ATNConfig type. +type BaseATNConfigComparator[T Collectable[T]] struct { +} + +// Equals2 is a custom comparator for ATNConfigs specifically for baseATNConfigSet +func (c *BaseATNConfigComparator[T]) Equals2(o1, o2 ATNConfig) bool { + + // Same pointer, must be equal, even if both nil + // + if o1 == o2 { + return true + + } + + // If either are nil, but not both, then the result is false + // + if o1 == nil || o2 == nil { + return false + } + + return o1.GetState().GetStateNumber() == o2.GetState().GetStateNumber() && + o1.GetAlt() == o2.GetAlt() && + o1.GetSemanticContext().Equals(o2.GetSemanticContext()) +} + +// Hash1 is custom hash implementation for ATNConfigs specifically for configLookup, but in fact just +// delegates to the standard Hash() method of the ATNConfig type. +func (c *BaseATNConfigComparator[T]) Hash1(o ATNConfig) int { + + return o.Hash() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bfd43e1f731d --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa.go @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +type DFA struct { + // atnStartState is the ATN state in which this was created + atnStartState DecisionState + + decision int + + // states is all the DFA states. Use Map to get the old state back; Set can only + // indicate whether it is there. Go maps implement key hash collisions and so on and are very + // good, but the DFAState is an object and can't be used directly as the key as it can in say JAva + // amd C#, whereby if the hashcode is the same for two objects, then Equals() is called against them + // to see if they really are the same object. + // + // + states *JStore[*DFAState, *ObjEqComparator[*DFAState]] + + numstates int + + s0 *DFAState + + // precedenceDfa is the backing field for isPrecedenceDfa and setPrecedenceDfa. + // True if the DFA is for a precedence decision and false otherwise. + precedenceDfa bool +} + +func NewDFA(atnStartState DecisionState, decision int) *DFA { + dfa := &DFA{ + atnStartState: atnStartState, + decision: decision, + states: NewJStore[*DFAState, *ObjEqComparator[*DFAState]](dfaStateEqInst), + } + if s, ok := atnStartState.(*StarLoopEntryState); ok && s.precedenceRuleDecision { + dfa.precedenceDfa = true + dfa.s0 = NewDFAState(-1, NewBaseATNConfigSet(false)) + dfa.s0.isAcceptState = false + dfa.s0.requiresFullContext = false + } + return dfa +} + +// getPrecedenceStartState gets the start state for the current precedence and +// returns the start state corresponding to the specified precedence if a start +// state exists for the specified precedence and nil otherwise. d must be a +// precedence DFA. See also isPrecedenceDfa. +func (d *DFA) getPrecedenceStartState(precedence int) *DFAState { + if !d.getPrecedenceDfa() { + panic("only precedence DFAs may contain a precedence start state") + } + + // s0.edges is never nil for a precedence DFA + if precedence < 0 || precedence >= len(d.getS0().getEdges()) { + return nil + } + + return d.getS0().getIthEdge(precedence) +} + +// setPrecedenceStartState sets the start state for the current precedence. d +// must be a precedence DFA. See also isPrecedenceDfa. +func (d *DFA) setPrecedenceStartState(precedence int, startState *DFAState) { + if !d.getPrecedenceDfa() { + panic("only precedence DFAs may contain a precedence start state") + } + + if precedence < 0 { + return + } + + // Synchronization on s0 here is ok. When the DFA is turned into a + // precedence DFA, s0 will be initialized once and not updated again. s0.edges + // is never nil for a precedence DFA. + s0 := d.getS0() + if precedence >= s0.numEdges() { + edges := append(s0.getEdges(), make([]*DFAState, precedence+1-s0.numEdges())...) + s0.setEdges(edges) + d.setS0(s0) + } + + s0.setIthEdge(precedence, startState) +} + +func (d *DFA) getPrecedenceDfa() bool { + return d.precedenceDfa +} + +// setPrecedenceDfa sets whether d is a precedence DFA. If precedenceDfa differs +// from the current DFA configuration, then d.states is cleared, the initial +// state s0 is set to a new DFAState with an empty outgoing DFAState.edges to +// store the start states for individual precedence values if precedenceDfa is +// true or nil otherwise, and d.precedenceDfa is updated. +func (d *DFA) setPrecedenceDfa(precedenceDfa bool) { + if d.getPrecedenceDfa() != precedenceDfa { + d.states = NewJStore[*DFAState, *ObjEqComparator[*DFAState]](dfaStateEqInst) + d.numstates = 0 + + if precedenceDfa { + precedenceState := NewDFAState(-1, NewBaseATNConfigSet(false)) + + precedenceState.setEdges(make([]*DFAState, 0)) + precedenceState.isAcceptState = false + precedenceState.requiresFullContext = false + d.setS0(precedenceState) + } else { + d.setS0(nil) + } + + d.precedenceDfa = precedenceDfa + } +} + +func (d *DFA) getS0() *DFAState { + return d.s0 +} + +func (d *DFA) setS0(s *DFAState) { + d.s0 = s +} + +// sortedStates returns the states in d sorted by their state number. +func (d *DFA) sortedStates() []*DFAState { + + vs := d.states.SortedSlice(func(i, j *DFAState) bool { + return i.stateNumber < j.stateNumber + }) + + return vs +} + +func (d *DFA) String(literalNames []string, symbolicNames []string) string { + if d.getS0() == nil { + return "" + } + + return NewDFASerializer(d, literalNames, symbolicNames).String() +} + +func (d *DFA) ToLexerString() string { + if d.getS0() == nil { + return "" + } + + return NewLexerDFASerializer(d).String() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa_serializer.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa_serializer.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..84d0a31e5362 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa_serializer.go @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "fmt" + "strconv" + "strings" +) + +// DFASerializer is a DFA walker that knows how to dump them to serialized +// strings. +type DFASerializer struct { + dfa *DFA + literalNames []string + symbolicNames []string +} + +func NewDFASerializer(dfa *DFA, literalNames, symbolicNames []string) *DFASerializer { + if literalNames == nil { + literalNames = make([]string, 0) + } + + if symbolicNames == nil { + symbolicNames = make([]string, 0) + } + + return &DFASerializer{ + dfa: dfa, + literalNames: literalNames, + symbolicNames: symbolicNames, + } +} + +func (d *DFASerializer) String() string { + if d.dfa.getS0() == nil { + return "" + } + + buf := "" + states := d.dfa.sortedStates() + + for _, s := range states { + if s.edges != nil { + n := len(s.edges) + + for j := 0; j < n; j++ { + t := s.edges[j] + + if t != nil && t.stateNumber != 0x7FFFFFFF { + buf += d.GetStateString(s) + buf += "-" + buf += d.getEdgeLabel(j) + buf += "->" + buf += d.GetStateString(t) + buf += "\n" + } + } + } + } + + if len(buf) == 0 { + return "" + } + + return buf +} + +func (d *DFASerializer) getEdgeLabel(i int) string { + if i == 0 { + return "EOF" + } else if d.literalNames != nil && i-1 < len(d.literalNames) { + return d.literalNames[i-1] + } else if d.symbolicNames != nil && i-1 < len(d.symbolicNames) { + return d.symbolicNames[i-1] + } + + return strconv.Itoa(i - 1) +} + +func (d *DFASerializer) GetStateString(s *DFAState) string { + var a, b string + + if s.isAcceptState { + a = ":" + } + + if s.requiresFullContext { + b = "^" + } + + baseStateStr := a + "s" + strconv.Itoa(s.stateNumber) + b + + if s.isAcceptState { + if s.predicates != nil { + return baseStateStr + "=>" + fmt.Sprint(s.predicates) + } + + return baseStateStr + "=>" + fmt.Sprint(s.prediction) + } + + return baseStateStr +} + +type LexerDFASerializer struct { + *DFASerializer +} + +func NewLexerDFASerializer(dfa *DFA) *LexerDFASerializer { + return &LexerDFASerializer{DFASerializer: NewDFASerializer(dfa, nil, nil)} +} + +func (l *LexerDFASerializer) getEdgeLabel(i int) string { + var sb strings.Builder + sb.Grow(6) + sb.WriteByte('\'') + sb.WriteRune(rune(i)) + sb.WriteByte('\'') + return sb.String() +} + +func (l *LexerDFASerializer) String() string { + if l.dfa.getS0() == nil { + return "" + } + + buf := "" + states := l.dfa.sortedStates() + + for i := 0; i < len(states); i++ { + s := states[i] + + if s.edges != nil { + n := len(s.edges) + + for j := 0; j < n; j++ { + t := s.edges[j] + + if t != nil && t.stateNumber != 0x7FFFFFFF { + buf += l.GetStateString(s) + buf += "-" + buf += l.getEdgeLabel(j) + buf += "->" + buf += l.GetStateString(t) + buf += "\n" + } + } + } + } + + if len(buf) == 0 { + return "" + } + + return buf +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa_state.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa_state.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c90dec55c868 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/dfa_state.go @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "fmt" +) + +// PredPrediction maps a predicate to a predicted alternative. +type PredPrediction struct { + alt int + pred SemanticContext +} + +func NewPredPrediction(pred SemanticContext, alt int) *PredPrediction { + return &PredPrediction{alt: alt, pred: pred} +} + +func (p *PredPrediction) String() string { + return "(" + fmt.Sprint(p.pred) + ", " + fmt.Sprint(p.alt) + ")" +} + +// DFAState represents a set of possible ATN configurations. As Aho, Sethi, +// Ullman p. 117 says: "The DFA uses its state to keep track of all possible +// states the ATN can be in after reading each input symbol. That is to say, +// after reading input a1a2..an, the DFA is in a state that represents the +// subset T of the states of the ATN that are reachable from the ATN's start +// state along some path labeled a1a2..an." In conventional NFA-to-DFA +// conversion, therefore, the subset T would be a bitset representing the set of +// states the ATN could be in. We need to track the alt predicted by each state +// as well, however. More importantly, we need to maintain a stack of states, +// tracking the closure operations as they jump from rule to rule, emulating +// rule invocations (method calls). I have to add a stack to simulate the proper +// lookahead sequences for the underlying LL grammar from which the ATN was +// derived. +// +// I use a set of ATNConfig objects, not simple states. An ATNConfig is both a +// state (ala normal conversion) and a RuleContext describing the chain of rules +// (if any) followed to arrive at that state. +// +// A DFAState may have multiple references to a particular state, but with +// different ATN contexts (with same or different alts) meaning that state was +// reached via a different set of rule invocations. +type DFAState struct { + stateNumber int + configs ATNConfigSet + + // edges elements point to the target of the symbol. Shift up by 1 so (-1) + // Token.EOF maps to the first element. + edges []*DFAState + + isAcceptState bool + + // prediction is the ttype we match or alt we predict if the state is accept. + // Set to ATN.INVALID_ALT_NUMBER when predicates != nil or + // requiresFullContext. + prediction int + + lexerActionExecutor *LexerActionExecutor + + // requiresFullContext indicates it was created during an SLL prediction that + // discovered a conflict between the configurations in the state. Future + // ParserATNSimulator.execATN invocations immediately jump doing + // full context prediction if true. + requiresFullContext bool + + // predicates is the predicates associated with the ATN configurations of the + // DFA state during SLL parsing. When we have predicates, requiresFullContext + // is false, since full context prediction evaluates predicates on-the-fly. If + // d is + // not nil, then prediction is ATN.INVALID_ALT_NUMBER. + // + // We only use these for non-requiresFullContext but conflicting states. That + // means we know from the context (it's $ or we don't dip into outer context) + // that it's an ambiguity not a conflict. + // + // This list is computed by + // ParserATNSimulator.predicateDFAState. + predicates []*PredPrediction +} + +func NewDFAState(stateNumber int, configs ATNConfigSet) *DFAState { + if configs == nil { + configs = NewBaseATNConfigSet(false) + } + + return &DFAState{configs: configs, stateNumber: stateNumber} +} + +// GetAltSet gets the set of all alts mentioned by all ATN configurations in d. +func (d *DFAState) GetAltSet() []int { + var alts []int + + if d.configs != nil { + for _, c := range d.configs.GetItems() { + alts = append(alts, c.GetAlt()) + } + } + + if len(alts) == 0 { + return nil + } + + return alts +} + +func (d *DFAState) getEdges() []*DFAState { + return d.edges +} + +func (d *DFAState) numEdges() int { + return len(d.edges) +} + +func (d *DFAState) getIthEdge(i int) *DFAState { + return d.edges[i] +} + +func (d *DFAState) setEdges(newEdges []*DFAState) { + d.edges = newEdges +} + +func (d *DFAState) setIthEdge(i int, edge *DFAState) { + d.edges[i] = edge +} + +func (d *DFAState) setPrediction(v int) { + d.prediction = v +} + +func (d *DFAState) String() string { + var s string + if d.isAcceptState { + if d.predicates != nil { + s = "=>" + fmt.Sprint(d.predicates) + } else { + s = "=>" + fmt.Sprint(d.prediction) + } + } + + return fmt.Sprintf("%d:%s%s", d.stateNumber, fmt.Sprint(d.configs), s) +} + +func (d *DFAState) Hash() int { + h := murmurInit(7) + h = murmurUpdate(h, d.configs.Hash()) + return murmurFinish(h, 1) +} + +// Equals returns whether d equals other. Two DFAStates are equal if their ATN +// configuration sets are the same. This method is used to see if a state +// already exists. +// +// Because the number of alternatives and number of ATN configurations are +// finite, there is a finite number of DFA states that can be processed. This is +// necessary to show that the algorithm terminates. +// +// Cannot test the DFA state numbers here because in +// ParserATNSimulator.addDFAState we need to know if any other state exists that +// has d exact set of ATN configurations. The stateNumber is irrelevant. +func (d *DFAState) Equals(o Collectable[*DFAState]) bool { + if d == o { + return true + } + + return d.configs.Equals(o.(*DFAState).configs) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/diagnostic_error_listener.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/diagnostic_error_listener.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c55bcc19b2c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/diagnostic_error_listener.go @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "strconv" +) + +// +// This implementation of {@link ANTLRErrorListener} can be used to identify +// certain potential correctness and performance problems in grammars. "reports" +// are made by calling {@link Parser//NotifyErrorListeners} with the appropriate +// message. +// +//
+// This implementation prints messages to {@link System//err} containing the +// values of {@code line}, {@code charPositionInLine}, and {@code msg} using +// the following format.
+// +//+// line line:charPositionInLine msg +//+func (c *ConsoleErrorListener) SyntaxError(recognizer Recognizer, offendingSymbol interface{}, line, column int, msg string, e RecognitionException) { + fmt.Fprintln(os.Stderr, "line "+strconv.Itoa(line)+":"+strconv.Itoa(column)+" "+msg) +} + +type ProxyErrorListener struct { + *DefaultErrorListener + delegates []ErrorListener +} + +func NewProxyErrorListener(delegates []ErrorListener) *ProxyErrorListener { + if delegates == nil { + panic("delegates is not provided") + } + l := new(ProxyErrorListener) + l.delegates = delegates + return l +} + +func (p *ProxyErrorListener) SyntaxError(recognizer Recognizer, offendingSymbol interface{}, line, column int, msg string, e RecognitionException) { + for _, d := range p.delegates { + d.SyntaxError(recognizer, offendingSymbol, line, column, msg, e) + } +} + +func (p *ProxyErrorListener) ReportAmbiguity(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex int, exact bool, ambigAlts *BitSet, configs ATNConfigSet) { + for _, d := range p.delegates { + d.ReportAmbiguity(recognizer, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, exact, ambigAlts, configs) + } +} + +func (p *ProxyErrorListener) ReportAttemptingFullContext(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex int, conflictingAlts *BitSet, configs ATNConfigSet) { + for _, d := range p.delegates { + d.ReportAttemptingFullContext(recognizer, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, conflictingAlts, configs) + } +} + +func (p *ProxyErrorListener) ReportContextSensitivity(recognizer Parser, dfa *DFA, startIndex, stopIndex, prediction int, configs ATNConfigSet) { + for _, d := range p.delegates { + d.ReportContextSensitivity(recognizer, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, prediction, configs) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/error_strategy.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/error_strategy.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5c0a637ba4aa --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/error_strategy.go @@ -0,0 +1,734 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "fmt" + "reflect" + "strconv" + "strings" +) + +type ErrorStrategy interface { + reset(Parser) + RecoverInline(Parser) Token + Recover(Parser, RecognitionException) + Sync(Parser) + InErrorRecoveryMode(Parser) bool + ReportError(Parser, RecognitionException) + ReportMatch(Parser) +} + +// This is the default implementation of {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy} used for +// error Reporting and recovery in ANTLR parsers. +type DefaultErrorStrategy struct { + errorRecoveryMode bool + lastErrorIndex int + lastErrorStates *IntervalSet +} + +var _ ErrorStrategy = &DefaultErrorStrategy{} + +func NewDefaultErrorStrategy() *DefaultErrorStrategy { + + d := new(DefaultErrorStrategy) + + // Indicates whether the error strategy is currently "recovering from an + // error". This is used to suppress Reporting multiple error messages while + // attempting to recover from a detected syntax error. + // + // @see //InErrorRecoveryMode + // + d.errorRecoveryMode = false + + // The index into the input stream where the last error occurred. + // This is used to prevent infinite loops where an error is found + // but no token is consumed during recovery...another error is found, + // ad nauseum. This is a failsafe mechanism to guarantee that at least + // one token/tree node is consumed for two errors. + // + d.lastErrorIndex = -1 + d.lastErrorStates = nil + return d +} + +//
The default implementation simply calls {@link //endErrorCondition} to +// ensure that the handler is not in error recovery mode.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) reset(recognizer Parser) { + d.endErrorCondition(recognizer) +} + +// This method is called to enter error recovery mode when a recognition +// exception is Reported. +// +// @param recognizer the parser instance +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) beginErrorCondition(recognizer Parser) { + d.errorRecoveryMode = true +} + +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) InErrorRecoveryMode(recognizer Parser) bool { + return d.errorRecoveryMode +} + +// This method is called to leave error recovery mode after recovering from +// a recognition exception. +// +// @param recognizer +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) endErrorCondition(recognizer Parser) { + d.errorRecoveryMode = false + d.lastErrorStates = nil + d.lastErrorIndex = -1 +} + +// {@inheritDoc} +// +//The default implementation simply calls {@link //endErrorCondition}.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportMatch(recognizer Parser) { + d.endErrorCondition(recognizer) +} + +// {@inheritDoc} +// +//The default implementation returns immediately if the handler is already +// in error recovery mode. Otherwise, it calls {@link //beginErrorCondition} +// and dispatches the Reporting task based on the runtime type of {@code e} +// according to the following table.
+// +//The default implementation reSynchronizes the parser by consuming tokens +// until we find one in the reSynchronization set--loosely the set of tokens +// that can follow the current rule.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) Recover(recognizer Parser, e RecognitionException) { + + if d.lastErrorIndex == recognizer.GetInputStream().Index() && + d.lastErrorStates != nil && d.lastErrorStates.contains(recognizer.GetState()) { + // uh oh, another error at same token index and previously-Visited + // state in ATN must be a case where LT(1) is in the recovery + // token set so nothing got consumed. Consume a single token + // at least to prevent an infinite loop d is a failsafe. + recognizer.Consume() + } + d.lastErrorIndex = recognizer.GetInputStream().Index() + if d.lastErrorStates == nil { + d.lastErrorStates = NewIntervalSet() + } + d.lastErrorStates.addOne(recognizer.GetState()) + followSet := d.getErrorRecoverySet(recognizer) + d.consumeUntil(recognizer, followSet) +} + +// The default implementation of {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//Sync} makes sure +// that the current lookahead symbol is consistent with what were expecting +// at d point in the ATN. You can call d anytime but ANTLR only +// generates code to check before subrules/loops and each iteration. +// +//Implements Jim Idle's magic Sync mechanism in closures and optional +// subrules. E.g.,
+// +//+// a : Sync ( stuff Sync )* +// Sync : {consume to what can follow Sync} +//+// +// At the start of a sub rule upon error, {@link //Sync} performs single +// token deletion, if possible. If it can't do that, it bails on the current +// rule and uses the default error recovery, which consumes until the +// reSynchronization set of the current rule. +// +//
If the sub rule is optional ({@code (...)?}, {@code (...)*}, or block +// with an empty alternative), then the expected set includes what follows +// the subrule.
+// +//During loop iteration, it consumes until it sees a token that can start a +// sub rule or what follows loop. Yes, that is pretty aggressive. We opt to +// stay in the loop as long as possible.
+// +//ORIGINS
+// +//Previous versions of ANTLR did a poor job of their recovery within loops. +// A single mismatch token or missing token would force the parser to bail +// out of the entire rules surrounding the loop. So, for rule
+// +//+// classfunc : 'class' ID '{' member* '}' +//+// +// input with an extra token between members would force the parser to +// consume until it found the next class definition rather than the next +// member definition of the current class. +// +//
This functionality cost a little bit of effort because the parser has to +// compare token set at the start of the loop and at each iteration. If for +// some reason speed is suffering for you, you can turn off d +// functionality by simply overriding d method as a blank { }.
+func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) Sync(recognizer Parser) { + // If already recovering, don't try to Sync + if d.InErrorRecoveryMode(recognizer) { + return + } + + s := recognizer.GetInterpreter().atn.states[recognizer.GetState()] + la := recognizer.GetTokenStream().LA(1) + + // try cheaper subset first might get lucky. seems to shave a wee bit off + nextTokens := recognizer.GetATN().NextTokens(s, nil) + if nextTokens.contains(TokenEpsilon) || nextTokens.contains(la) { + return + } + + switch s.GetStateType() { + case ATNStateBlockStart, ATNStateStarBlockStart, ATNStatePlusBlockStart, ATNStateStarLoopEntry: + // Report error and recover if possible + if d.SingleTokenDeletion(recognizer) != nil { + return + } + panic(NewInputMisMatchException(recognizer)) + case ATNStatePlusLoopBack, ATNStateStarLoopBack: + d.ReportUnwantedToken(recognizer) + expecting := NewIntervalSet() + expecting.addSet(recognizer.GetExpectedTokens()) + whatFollowsLoopIterationOrRule := expecting.addSet(d.getErrorRecoverySet(recognizer)) + d.consumeUntil(recognizer, whatFollowsLoopIterationOrRule) + default: + // do nothing if we can't identify the exact kind of ATN state + } +} + +// This is called by {@link //ReportError} when the exception is a +// {@link NoViableAltException}. +// +// @see //ReportError +// +// @param recognizer the parser instance +// @param e the recognition exception +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportNoViableAlternative(recognizer Parser, e *NoViableAltException) { + tokens := recognizer.GetTokenStream() + var input string + if tokens != nil { + if e.startToken.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF { + input = "This method is called when {@link //singleTokenDeletion} identifies +// single-token deletion as a viable recovery strategy for a mismatched +// input error.
+// +//The default implementation simply returns if the handler is already in +// error recovery mode. Otherwise, it calls {@link //beginErrorCondition} to +// enter error recovery mode, followed by calling +// {@link Parser//NotifyErrorListeners}.
+// +// @param recognizer the parser instance +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportUnwantedToken(recognizer Parser) { + if d.InErrorRecoveryMode(recognizer) { + return + } + d.beginErrorCondition(recognizer) + t := recognizer.GetCurrentToken() + tokenName := d.GetTokenErrorDisplay(t) + expecting := d.GetExpectedTokens(recognizer) + msg := "extraneous input " + tokenName + " expecting " + + expecting.StringVerbose(recognizer.GetLiteralNames(), recognizer.GetSymbolicNames(), false) + recognizer.NotifyErrorListeners(msg, t, nil) +} + +// This method is called to Report a syntax error which requires the +// insertion of a missing token into the input stream. At the time d +// method is called, the missing token has not yet been inserted. When d +// method returns, {@code recognizer} is in error recovery mode. +// +//This method is called when {@link //singleTokenInsertion} identifies +// single-token insertion as a viable recovery strategy for a mismatched +// input error.
+// +//The default implementation simply returns if the handler is already in +// error recovery mode. Otherwise, it calls {@link //beginErrorCondition} to +// enter error recovery mode, followed by calling +// {@link Parser//NotifyErrorListeners}.
+// +// @param recognizer the parser instance +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) ReportMissingToken(recognizer Parser) { + if d.InErrorRecoveryMode(recognizer) { + return + } + d.beginErrorCondition(recognizer) + t := recognizer.GetCurrentToken() + expecting := d.GetExpectedTokens(recognizer) + msg := "missing " + expecting.StringVerbose(recognizer.GetLiteralNames(), recognizer.GetSymbolicNames(), false) + + " at " + d.GetTokenErrorDisplay(t) + recognizer.NotifyErrorListeners(msg, t, nil) +} + +//The default implementation attempts to recover from the mismatched input +// by using single token insertion and deletion as described below. If the +// recovery attempt fails, d method panics an +// {@link InputMisMatchException}.
+// +//EXTRA TOKEN (single token deletion)
+// +//{@code LA(1)} is not what we are looking for. If {@code LA(2)} has the +// right token, however, then assume {@code LA(1)} is some extra spurious +// token and delete it. Then consume and return the next token (which was +// the {@code LA(2)} token) as the successful result of the Match operation.
+// +//This recovery strategy is implemented by {@link +// //singleTokenDeletion}.
+// +//MISSING TOKEN (single token insertion)
+// +//If current token (at {@code LA(1)}) is consistent with what could come +// after the expected {@code LA(1)} token, then assume the token is missing +// and use the parser's {@link TokenFactory} to create it on the fly. The +// "insertion" is performed by returning the created token as the successful +// result of the Match operation.
+// +//This recovery strategy is implemented by {@link +// //singleTokenInsertion}.
+// +//EXAMPLE
+// +//For example, Input {@code i=(3} is clearly missing the {@code ')'}. When +// the parser returns from the nested call to {@code expr}, it will have +// call chain:
+// +//+// stat &rarr expr &rarr atom +//+// +// and it will be trying to Match the {@code ')'} at d point in the +// derivation: +// +//
+// => ID '=' '(' INT ')' ('+' atom)* ” +// ^ +//+// +// The attempt to Match {@code ')'} will fail when it sees {@code ”} and +// call {@link //recoverInline}. To recover, it sees that {@code LA(1)==”} +// is in the set of tokens that can follow the {@code ')'} token reference +// in rule {@code atom}. It can assume that you forgot the {@code ')'}. +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) RecoverInline(recognizer Parser) Token { + // SINGLE TOKEN DELETION + MatchedSymbol := d.SingleTokenDeletion(recognizer) + if MatchedSymbol != nil { + // we have deleted the extra token. + // now, move past ttype token as if all were ok + recognizer.Consume() + return MatchedSymbol + } + // SINGLE TOKEN INSERTION + if d.SingleTokenInsertion(recognizer) { + return d.GetMissingSymbol(recognizer) + } + // even that didn't work must panic the exception + panic(NewInputMisMatchException(recognizer)) +} + +// This method implements the single-token insertion inline error recovery +// strategy. It is called by {@link //recoverInline} if the single-token +// deletion strategy fails to recover from the mismatched input. If this +// method returns {@code true}, {@code recognizer} will be in error recovery +// mode. +// +//
This method determines whether or not single-token insertion is viable by +// checking if the {@code LA(1)} input symbol could be successfully Matched +// if it were instead the {@code LA(2)} symbol. If d method returns +// {@code true}, the caller is responsible for creating and inserting a +// token with the correct type to produce d behavior.
+// +// @param recognizer the parser instance +// @return {@code true} if single-token insertion is a viable recovery +// strategy for the current mismatched input, otherwise {@code false} +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) SingleTokenInsertion(recognizer Parser) bool { + currentSymbolType := recognizer.GetTokenStream().LA(1) + // if current token is consistent with what could come after current + // ATN state, then we know we're missing a token error recovery + // is free to conjure up and insert the missing token + atn := recognizer.GetInterpreter().atn + currentState := atn.states[recognizer.GetState()] + next := currentState.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget() + expectingAtLL2 := atn.NextTokens(next, recognizer.GetParserRuleContext()) + if expectingAtLL2.contains(currentSymbolType) { + d.ReportMissingToken(recognizer) + return true + } + + return false +} + +// This method implements the single-token deletion inline error recovery +// strategy. It is called by {@link //recoverInline} to attempt to recover +// from mismatched input. If this method returns nil, the parser and error +// handler state will not have changed. If this method returns non-nil, +// {@code recognizer} will not be in error recovery mode since the +// returned token was a successful Match. +// +//If the single-token deletion is successful, d method calls +// {@link //ReportUnwantedToken} to Report the error, followed by +// {@link Parser//consume} to actually "delete" the extraneous token. Then, +// before returning {@link //ReportMatch} is called to signal a successful +// Match.
+// +// @param recognizer the parser instance +// @return the successfully Matched {@link Token} instance if single-token +// deletion successfully recovers from the mismatched input, otherwise +// {@code nil} +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) SingleTokenDeletion(recognizer Parser) Token { + NextTokenType := recognizer.GetTokenStream().LA(2) + expecting := d.GetExpectedTokens(recognizer) + if expecting.contains(NextTokenType) { + d.ReportUnwantedToken(recognizer) + // print("recoverFromMisMatchedToken deleting " \ + // + str(recognizer.GetTokenStream().LT(1)) \ + // + " since " + str(recognizer.GetTokenStream().LT(2)) \ + // + " is what we want", file=sys.stderr) + recognizer.Consume() // simply delete extra token + // we want to return the token we're actually Matching + MatchedSymbol := recognizer.GetCurrentToken() + d.ReportMatch(recognizer) // we know current token is correct + return MatchedSymbol + } + + return nil +} + +// Conjure up a missing token during error recovery. +// +// The recognizer attempts to recover from single missing +// symbols. But, actions might refer to that missing symbol. +// For example, x=ID {f($x)}. The action clearly assumes +// that there has been an identifier Matched previously and that +// $x points at that token. If that token is missing, but +// the next token in the stream is what we want we assume that +// d token is missing and we keep going. Because we +// have to return some token to replace the missing token, +// we have to conjure one up. This method gives the user control +// over the tokens returned for missing tokens. Mostly, +// you will want to create something special for identifier +// tokens. For literals such as '{' and ',', the default +// action in the parser or tree parser works. It simply creates +// a CommonToken of the appropriate type. The text will be the token. +// If you change what tokens must be created by the lexer, +// override d method to create the appropriate tokens. +func (d *DefaultErrorStrategy) GetMissingSymbol(recognizer Parser) Token { + currentSymbol := recognizer.GetCurrentToken() + expecting := d.GetExpectedTokens(recognizer) + expectedTokenType := expecting.first() + var tokenText string + + if expectedTokenType == TokenEOF { + tokenText = "+// This error strategy is useful in the following scenarios.
+// +//+// {@code myparser.setErrorHandler(NewBailErrorStrategy())}
+// +// @see Parser//setErrorHandler(ANTLRErrorStrategy) + +type BailErrorStrategy struct { + *DefaultErrorStrategy +} + +var _ ErrorStrategy = &BailErrorStrategy{} + +func NewBailErrorStrategy() *BailErrorStrategy { + + b := new(BailErrorStrategy) + + b.DefaultErrorStrategy = NewDefaultErrorStrategy() + + return b +} + +// Instead of recovering from exception {@code e}, re-panic it wrapped +// in a {@link ParseCancellationException} so it is not caught by the +// rule func catches. Use {@link Exception//getCause()} to get the +// original {@link RecognitionException}. +func (b *BailErrorStrategy) Recover(recognizer Parser, e RecognitionException) { + context := recognizer.GetParserRuleContext() + for context != nil { + context.SetException(e) + if parent, ok := context.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext); ok { + context = parent + } else { + context = nil + } + } + panic(NewParseCancellationException()) // TODO we don't emit e properly +} + +// Make sure we don't attempt to recover inline if the parser +// successfully recovers, it won't panic an exception. +func (b *BailErrorStrategy) RecoverInline(recognizer Parser) Token { + b.Recover(recognizer, NewInputMisMatchException(recognizer)) + + return nil +} + +// Make sure we don't attempt to recover from problems in subrules.// +func (b *BailErrorStrategy) Sync(recognizer Parser) { + // pass +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/errors.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3954c1378299 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/errors.go @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +// The root of the ANTLR exception hierarchy. In general, ANTLR tracks just +// 3 kinds of errors: prediction errors, failed predicate errors, and +// mismatched input errors. In each case, the parser knows where it is +// in the input, where it is in the ATN, the rule invocation stack, +// and what kind of problem occurred. + +type RecognitionException interface { + GetOffendingToken() Token + GetMessage() string + GetInputStream() IntStream +} + +type BaseRecognitionException struct { + message string + recognizer Recognizer + offendingToken Token + offendingState int + ctx RuleContext + input IntStream +} + +func NewBaseRecognitionException(message string, recognizer Recognizer, input IntStream, ctx RuleContext) *BaseRecognitionException { + + // todo + // Error.call(this) + // + // if (!!Error.captureStackTrace) { + // Error.captureStackTrace(this, RecognitionException) + // } else { + // stack := NewError().stack + // } + // TODO may be able to use - "runtime" func Stack(buf []byte, all bool) int + + t := new(BaseRecognitionException) + + t.message = message + t.recognizer = recognizer + t.input = input + t.ctx = ctx + // The current {@link Token} when an error occurred. Since not all streams + // support accessing symbols by index, we have to track the {@link Token} + // instance itself. + t.offendingToken = nil + // Get the ATN state number the parser was in at the time the error + // occurred. For {@link NoViableAltException} and + // {@link LexerNoViableAltException} exceptions, this is the + // {@link DecisionState} number. For others, it is the state whose outgoing + // edge we couldn't Match. + t.offendingState = -1 + if t.recognizer != nil { + t.offendingState = t.recognizer.GetState() + } + + return t +} + +func (b *BaseRecognitionException) GetMessage() string { + return b.message +} + +func (b *BaseRecognitionException) GetOffendingToken() Token { + return b.offendingToken +} + +func (b *BaseRecognitionException) GetInputStream() IntStream { + return b.input +} + +//If the state number is not known, b method returns -1.
+ +// Gets the set of input symbols which could potentially follow the +// previously Matched symbol at the time b exception was panicn. +// +//If the set of expected tokens is not known and could not be computed, +// b method returns {@code nil}.
+// +// @return The set of token types that could potentially follow the current +// state in the ATN, or {@code nil} if the information is not available. +// / +func (b *BaseRecognitionException) getExpectedTokens() *IntervalSet { + if b.recognizer != nil { + return b.recognizer.GetATN().getExpectedTokens(b.offendingState, b.ctx) + } + + return nil +} + +func (b *BaseRecognitionException) String() string { + return b.message +} + +type LexerNoViableAltException struct { + *BaseRecognitionException + + startIndex int + deadEndConfigs ATNConfigSet +} + +func NewLexerNoViableAltException(lexer Lexer, input CharStream, startIndex int, deadEndConfigs ATNConfigSet) *LexerNoViableAltException { + + l := new(LexerNoViableAltException) + + l.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException("", lexer, input, nil) + + l.startIndex = startIndex + l.deadEndConfigs = deadEndConfigs + + return l +} + +func (l *LexerNoViableAltException) String() string { + symbol := "" + if l.startIndex >= 0 && l.startIndex < l.input.Size() { + symbol = l.input.(CharStream).GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(l.startIndex, l.startIndex)) + } + return "LexerNoViableAltException" + symbol +} + +type NoViableAltException struct { + *BaseRecognitionException + + startToken Token + offendingToken Token + ctx ParserRuleContext + deadEndConfigs ATNConfigSet +} + +// Indicates that the parser could not decide which of two or more paths +// to take based upon the remaining input. It tracks the starting token +// of the offending input and also knows where the parser was +// in the various paths when the error. Reported by ReportNoViableAlternative() +func NewNoViableAltException(recognizer Parser, input TokenStream, startToken Token, offendingToken Token, deadEndConfigs ATNConfigSet, ctx ParserRuleContext) *NoViableAltException { + + if ctx == nil { + ctx = recognizer.GetParserRuleContext() + } + + if offendingToken == nil { + offendingToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken() + } + + if startToken == nil { + startToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken() + } + + if input == nil { + input = recognizer.GetInputStream().(TokenStream) + } + + n := new(NoViableAltException) + n.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException("", recognizer, input, ctx) + + // Which configurations did we try at input.Index() that couldn't Match + // input.LT(1)?// + n.deadEndConfigs = deadEndConfigs + // The token object at the start index the input stream might + // not be buffering tokens so get a reference to it. (At the + // time the error occurred, of course the stream needs to keep a + // buffer all of the tokens but later we might not have access to those.) + n.startToken = startToken + n.offendingToken = offendingToken + + return n +} + +type InputMisMatchException struct { + *BaseRecognitionException +} + +// This signifies any kind of mismatched input exceptions such as +// when the current input does not Match the expected token. +func NewInputMisMatchException(recognizer Parser) *InputMisMatchException { + + i := new(InputMisMatchException) + i.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException("", recognizer, recognizer.GetInputStream(), recognizer.GetParserRuleContext()) + + i.offendingToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken() + + return i + +} + +// A semantic predicate failed during validation. Validation of predicates +// occurs when normally parsing the alternative just like Matching a token. +// Disambiguating predicate evaluation occurs when we test a predicate during +// prediction. + +type FailedPredicateException struct { + *BaseRecognitionException + + ruleIndex int + predicateIndex int + predicate string +} + +func NewFailedPredicateException(recognizer Parser, predicate string, message string) *FailedPredicateException { + + f := new(FailedPredicateException) + + f.BaseRecognitionException = NewBaseRecognitionException(f.formatMessage(predicate, message), recognizer, recognizer.GetInputStream(), recognizer.GetParserRuleContext()) + + s := recognizer.GetInterpreter().atn.states[recognizer.GetState()] + trans := s.GetTransitions()[0] + if trans2, ok := trans.(*PredicateTransition); ok { + f.ruleIndex = trans2.ruleIndex + f.predicateIndex = trans2.predIndex + } else { + f.ruleIndex = 0 + f.predicateIndex = 0 + } + f.predicate = predicate + f.offendingToken = recognizer.GetCurrentToken() + + return f +} + +func (f *FailedPredicateException) formatMessage(predicate, message string) string { + if message != "" { + return message + } + + return "failed predicate: {" + predicate + "}?" +} + +type ParseCancellationException struct { +} + +func NewParseCancellationException() *ParseCancellationException { + // Error.call(this) + // Error.captureStackTrace(this, ParseCancellationException) + return new(ParseCancellationException) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/file_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/file_stream.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bd6ad5efe3de --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/file_stream.go @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "bytes" + "io" + "os" +) + +// This is an InputStream that is loaded from a file all at once +// when you construct the object. + +type FileStream struct { + *InputStream + + filename string +} + +func NewFileStream(fileName string) (*FileStream, error) { + + buf := bytes.NewBuffer(nil) + + f, err := os.Open(fileName) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer f.Close() + _, err = io.Copy(buf, f) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + fs := new(FileStream) + + fs.filename = fileName + s := string(buf.Bytes()) + + fs.InputStream = NewInputStream(s) + + return fs, nil + +} + +func (f *FileStream) GetSourceName() string { + return f.filename +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/input_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/input_stream.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a8b889cedb95 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/input_stream.go @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +type InputStream struct { + name string + index int + data []rune + size int +} + +func NewInputStream(data string) *InputStream { + + is := new(InputStream) + + is.name = "The {@code Skip} command does not have any parameters, so l action is +// implemented as a singleton instance exposed by {@link //INSTANCE}.
+type LexerSkipAction struct { + *BaseLexerAction +} + +func NewLexerSkipAction() *LexerSkipAction { + la := new(LexerSkipAction) + la.BaseLexerAction = NewBaseLexerAction(LexerActionTypeSkip) + return la +} + +// Provides a singleton instance of l parameterless lexer action. +var LexerSkipActionINSTANCE = NewLexerSkipAction() + +func (l *LexerSkipAction) execute(lexer Lexer) { + lexer.Skip() +} + +func (l *LexerSkipAction) String() string { + return "skip" +} + +// Implements the {@code type} lexer action by calling {@link Lexer//setType} +// +// with the assigned type. +type LexerTypeAction struct { + *BaseLexerAction + + thetype int +} + +func NewLexerTypeAction(thetype int) *LexerTypeAction { + l := new(LexerTypeAction) + l.BaseLexerAction = NewBaseLexerAction(LexerActionTypeType) + l.thetype = thetype + return l +} + +func (l *LexerTypeAction) execute(lexer Lexer) { + lexer.SetType(l.thetype) +} + +func (l *LexerTypeAction) Hash() int { + h := murmurInit(0) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.actionType) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.thetype) + return murmurFinish(h, 2) +} + +func (l *LexerTypeAction) Equals(other LexerAction) bool { + if l == other { + return true + } else if _, ok := other.(*LexerTypeAction); !ok { + return false + } else { + return l.thetype == other.(*LexerTypeAction).thetype + } +} + +func (l *LexerTypeAction) String() string { + return "actionType(" + strconv.Itoa(l.thetype) + ")" +} + +// Implements the {@code pushMode} lexer action by calling +// {@link Lexer//pushMode} with the assigned mode. +type LexerPushModeAction struct { + *BaseLexerAction + + mode int +} + +func NewLexerPushModeAction(mode int) *LexerPushModeAction { + + l := new(LexerPushModeAction) + l.BaseLexerAction = NewBaseLexerAction(LexerActionTypePushMode) + + l.mode = mode + return l +} + +//This action is implemented by calling {@link Lexer//pushMode} with the +// value provided by {@link //getMode}.
+func (l *LexerPushModeAction) execute(lexer Lexer) { + lexer.PushMode(l.mode) +} + +func (l *LexerPushModeAction) Hash() int { + h := murmurInit(0) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.actionType) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.mode) + return murmurFinish(h, 2) +} + +func (l *LexerPushModeAction) Equals(other LexerAction) bool { + if l == other { + return true + } else if _, ok := other.(*LexerPushModeAction); !ok { + return false + } else { + return l.mode == other.(*LexerPushModeAction).mode + } +} + +func (l *LexerPushModeAction) String() string { + return "pushMode(" + strconv.Itoa(l.mode) + ")" +} + +// Implements the {@code popMode} lexer action by calling {@link Lexer//popMode}. +// +//The {@code popMode} command does not have any parameters, so l action is +// implemented as a singleton instance exposed by {@link //INSTANCE}.
+type LexerPopModeAction struct { + *BaseLexerAction +} + +func NewLexerPopModeAction() *LexerPopModeAction { + + l := new(LexerPopModeAction) + + l.BaseLexerAction = NewBaseLexerAction(LexerActionTypePopMode) + + return l +} + +var LexerPopModeActionINSTANCE = NewLexerPopModeAction() + +//This action is implemented by calling {@link Lexer//popMode}.
+func (l *LexerPopModeAction) execute(lexer Lexer) { + lexer.PopMode() +} + +func (l *LexerPopModeAction) String() string { + return "popMode" +} + +// Implements the {@code more} lexer action by calling {@link Lexer//more}. +// +//The {@code more} command does not have any parameters, so l action is +// implemented as a singleton instance exposed by {@link //INSTANCE}.
+ +type LexerMoreAction struct { + *BaseLexerAction +} + +func NewLexerMoreAction() *LexerMoreAction { + l := new(LexerMoreAction) + l.BaseLexerAction = NewBaseLexerAction(LexerActionTypeMore) + + return l +} + +var LexerMoreActionINSTANCE = NewLexerMoreAction() + +//This action is implemented by calling {@link Lexer//popMode}.
+func (l *LexerMoreAction) execute(lexer Lexer) { + lexer.More() +} + +func (l *LexerMoreAction) String() string { + return "more" +} + +// Implements the {@code mode} lexer action by calling {@link Lexer//mode} with +// the assigned mode. +type LexerModeAction struct { + *BaseLexerAction + + mode int +} + +func NewLexerModeAction(mode int) *LexerModeAction { + l := new(LexerModeAction) + l.BaseLexerAction = NewBaseLexerAction(LexerActionTypeMode) + l.mode = mode + return l +} + +//This action is implemented by calling {@link Lexer//mode} with the +// value provided by {@link //getMode}.
+func (l *LexerModeAction) execute(lexer Lexer) { + lexer.SetMode(l.mode) +} + +func (l *LexerModeAction) Hash() int { + h := murmurInit(0) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.actionType) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.mode) + return murmurFinish(h, 2) +} + +func (l *LexerModeAction) Equals(other LexerAction) bool { + if l == other { + return true + } else if _, ok := other.(*LexerModeAction); !ok { + return false + } else { + return l.mode == other.(*LexerModeAction).mode + } +} + +func (l *LexerModeAction) String() string { + return "mode(" + strconv.Itoa(l.mode) + ")" +} + +// Executes a custom lexer action by calling {@link Recognizer//action} with the +// rule and action indexes assigned to the custom action. The implementation of +// a custom action is added to the generated code for the lexer in an override +// of {@link Recognizer//action} when the grammar is compiled. +// +//This class may represent embedded actions created with the {...}
+// syntax in ANTLR 4, as well as actions created for lexer commands where the
+// command argument could not be evaluated when the grammar was compiled.
Custom actions are implemented by calling {@link Lexer//action} with the +// appropriate rule and action indexes.
+func (l *LexerCustomAction) execute(lexer Lexer) { + lexer.Action(nil, l.ruleIndex, l.actionIndex) +} + +func (l *LexerCustomAction) Hash() int { + h := murmurInit(0) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.actionType) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.ruleIndex) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.actionIndex) + return murmurFinish(h, 3) +} + +func (l *LexerCustomAction) Equals(other LexerAction) bool { + if l == other { + return true + } else if _, ok := other.(*LexerCustomAction); !ok { + return false + } else { + return l.ruleIndex == other.(*LexerCustomAction).ruleIndex && + l.actionIndex == other.(*LexerCustomAction).actionIndex + } +} + +// Implements the {@code channel} lexer action by calling +// {@link Lexer//setChannel} with the assigned channel. +// Constructs a New{@code channel} action with the specified channel value. +// @param channel The channel value to pass to {@link Lexer//setChannel}. +type LexerChannelAction struct { + *BaseLexerAction + + channel int +} + +func NewLexerChannelAction(channel int) *LexerChannelAction { + l := new(LexerChannelAction) + l.BaseLexerAction = NewBaseLexerAction(LexerActionTypeChannel) + l.channel = channel + return l +} + +//This action is implemented by calling {@link Lexer//setChannel} with the +// value provided by {@link //getChannel}.
+func (l *LexerChannelAction) execute(lexer Lexer) { + lexer.SetChannel(l.channel) +} + +func (l *LexerChannelAction) Hash() int { + h := murmurInit(0) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.actionType) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.channel) + return murmurFinish(h, 2) +} + +func (l *LexerChannelAction) Equals(other LexerAction) bool { + if l == other { + return true + } else if _, ok := other.(*LexerChannelAction); !ok { + return false + } else { + return l.channel == other.(*LexerChannelAction).channel + } +} + +func (l *LexerChannelAction) String() string { + return "channel(" + strconv.Itoa(l.channel) + ")" +} + +// This implementation of {@link LexerAction} is used for tracking input offsets +// for position-dependent actions within a {@link LexerActionExecutor}. +// +//This action is not serialized as part of the ATN, and is only required for +// position-dependent lexer actions which appear at a location other than the +// end of a rule. For more information about DFA optimizations employed for +// lexer actions, see {@link LexerActionExecutor//append} and +// {@link LexerActionExecutor//fixOffsetBeforeMatch}.
+ +// Constructs a Newindexed custom action by associating a character offset +// with a {@link LexerAction}. +// +//Note: This class is only required for lexer actions for which +// {@link LexerAction//isPositionDependent} returns {@code true}.
+// +// @param offset The offset into the input {@link CharStream}, relative to +// the token start index, at which the specified lexer action should be +// executed. +// @param action The lexer action to execute at a particular offset in the +// input {@link CharStream}. +type LexerIndexedCustomAction struct { + *BaseLexerAction + + offset int + lexerAction LexerAction + isPositionDependent bool +} + +func NewLexerIndexedCustomAction(offset int, lexerAction LexerAction) *LexerIndexedCustomAction { + + l := new(LexerIndexedCustomAction) + l.BaseLexerAction = NewBaseLexerAction(lexerAction.getActionType()) + + l.offset = offset + l.lexerAction = lexerAction + l.isPositionDependent = true + + return l +} + +//This method calls {@link //execute} on the result of {@link //getAction} +// using the provided {@code lexer}.
+func (l *LexerIndexedCustomAction) execute(lexer Lexer) { + // assume the input stream position was properly set by the calling code + l.lexerAction.execute(lexer) +} + +func (l *LexerIndexedCustomAction) Hash() int { + h := murmurInit(0) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.offset) + h = murmurUpdate(h, l.lexerAction.Hash()) + return murmurFinish(h, 2) +} + +func (l *LexerIndexedCustomAction) equals(other LexerAction) bool { + if l == other { + return true + } else if _, ok := other.(*LexerIndexedCustomAction); !ok { + return false + } else { + return l.offset == other.(*LexerIndexedCustomAction).offset && + l.lexerAction.Equals(other.(*LexerIndexedCustomAction).lexerAction) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_action_executor.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_action_executor.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..be1ba7a7e308 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_action_executor.go @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import "golang.org/x/exp/slices" + +// Represents an executor for a sequence of lexer actions which traversed during +// the Matching operation of a lexer rule (token). +// +//The executor tracks position information for position-dependent lexer actions +// efficiently, ensuring that actions appearing only at the end of the rule do +// not cause bloating of the {@link DFA} created for the lexer.
+ +type LexerActionExecutor struct { + lexerActions []LexerAction + cachedHash int +} + +func NewLexerActionExecutor(lexerActions []LexerAction) *LexerActionExecutor { + + if lexerActions == nil { + lexerActions = make([]LexerAction, 0) + } + + l := new(LexerActionExecutor) + + l.lexerActions = lexerActions + + // Caches the result of {@link //hashCode} since the hash code is an element + // of the performance-critical {@link LexerATNConfig//hashCode} operation. + l.cachedHash = murmurInit(57) + for _, a := range lexerActions { + l.cachedHash = murmurUpdate(l.cachedHash, a.Hash()) + } + + return l +} + +// Creates a {@link LexerActionExecutor} which executes the actions for +// the input {@code lexerActionExecutor} followed by a specified +// {@code lexerAction}. +// +// @param lexerActionExecutor The executor for actions already traversed by +// the lexer while Matching a token within a particular +// {@link LexerATNConfig}. If this is {@code nil}, the method behaves as +// though it were an empty executor. +// @param lexerAction The lexer action to execute after the actions +// specified in {@code lexerActionExecutor}. +// +// @return A {@link LexerActionExecutor} for executing the combine actions +// of {@code lexerActionExecutor} and {@code lexerAction}. +func LexerActionExecutorappend(lexerActionExecutor *LexerActionExecutor, lexerAction LexerAction) *LexerActionExecutor { + if lexerActionExecutor == nil { + return NewLexerActionExecutor([]LexerAction{lexerAction}) + } + + return NewLexerActionExecutor(append(lexerActionExecutor.lexerActions, lexerAction)) +} + +// Creates a {@link LexerActionExecutor} which encodes the current offset +// for position-dependent lexer actions. +// +//Normally, when the executor encounters lexer actions where +// {@link LexerAction//isPositionDependent} returns {@code true}, it calls +// {@link IntStream//seek} on the input {@link CharStream} to set the input +// position to the end of the current token. This behavior provides +// for efficient DFA representation of lexer actions which appear at the end +// of a lexer rule, even when the lexer rule Matches a variable number of +// characters.
+// +//Prior to traversing a Match transition in the ATN, the current offset +// from the token start index is assigned to all position-dependent lexer +// actions which have not already been assigned a fixed offset. By storing +// the offsets relative to the token start index, the DFA representation of +// lexer actions which appear in the middle of tokens remains efficient due +// to sharing among tokens of the same length, regardless of their absolute +// position in the input stream.
+// +//If the current executor already has offsets assigned to all +// position-dependent lexer actions, the method returns {@code this}.
+// +// @param offset The current offset to assign to all position-dependent +// lexer actions which do not already have offsets assigned. +// +// @return A {@link LexerActionExecutor} which stores input stream offsets +// for all position-dependent lexer actions. +// / +func (l *LexerActionExecutor) fixOffsetBeforeMatch(offset int) *LexerActionExecutor { + var updatedLexerActions []LexerAction + for i := 0; i < len(l.lexerActions); i++ { + _, ok := l.lexerActions[i].(*LexerIndexedCustomAction) + if l.lexerActions[i].getIsPositionDependent() && !ok { + if updatedLexerActions == nil { + updatedLexerActions = make([]LexerAction, 0) + + for _, a := range l.lexerActions { + updatedLexerActions = append(updatedLexerActions, a) + } + } + + updatedLexerActions[i] = NewLexerIndexedCustomAction(offset, l.lexerActions[i]) + } + } + if updatedLexerActions == nil { + return l + } + + return NewLexerActionExecutor(updatedLexerActions) +} + +// Execute the actions encapsulated by l executor within the context of a +// particular {@link Lexer}. +// +//This method calls {@link IntStream//seek} to set the position of the +// {@code input} {@link CharStream} prior to calling +// {@link LexerAction//execute} on a position-dependent action. Before the +// method returns, the input position will be restored to the same position +// it was in when the method was invoked.
+// +// @param lexer The lexer instance. +// @param input The input stream which is the source for the current token. +// When l method is called, the current {@link IntStream//index} for +// {@code input} should be the start of the following token, i.e. 1 +// character past the end of the current token. +// @param startIndex The token start index. This value may be passed to +// {@link IntStream//seek} to set the {@code input} position to the beginning +// of the token. +// / +func (l *LexerActionExecutor) execute(lexer Lexer, input CharStream, startIndex int) { + requiresSeek := false + stopIndex := input.Index() + + defer func() { + if requiresSeek { + input.Seek(stopIndex) + } + }() + + for i := 0; i < len(l.lexerActions); i++ { + lexerAction := l.lexerActions[i] + if la, ok := lexerAction.(*LexerIndexedCustomAction); ok { + offset := la.offset + input.Seek(startIndex + offset) + lexerAction = la.lexerAction + requiresSeek = (startIndex + offset) != stopIndex + } else if lexerAction.getIsPositionDependent() { + input.Seek(stopIndex) + requiresSeek = false + } + lexerAction.execute(lexer) + } +} + +func (l *LexerActionExecutor) Hash() int { + if l == nil { + // TODO: Why is this here? l should not be nil + return 61 + } + + // TODO: This is created from the action itself when the struct is created - will this be an issue at some point? Java uses the runtime assign hashcode + return l.cachedHash +} + +func (l *LexerActionExecutor) Equals(other interface{}) bool { + if l == other { + return true + } + othert, ok := other.(*LexerActionExecutor) + if !ok { + return false + } + if othert == nil { + return false + } + if l.cachedHash != othert.cachedHash { + return false + } + if len(l.lexerActions) != len(othert.lexerActions) { + return false + } + return slices.EqualFunc(l.lexerActions, othert.lexerActions, func(i, j LexerAction) bool { + return i.Equals(j) + }) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c573b7521004 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/lexer_atn_simulator.go @@ -0,0 +1,684 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "fmt" + "strconv" + "strings" +) + +var ( + LexerATNSimulatorDebug = false + LexerATNSimulatorDFADebug = false + + LexerATNSimulatorMinDFAEdge = 0 + LexerATNSimulatorMaxDFAEdge = 127 // forces unicode to stay in ATN + + LexerATNSimulatorMatchCalls = 0 +) + +type ILexerATNSimulator interface { + IATNSimulator + + reset() + Match(input CharStream, mode int) int + GetCharPositionInLine() int + GetLine() int + GetText(input CharStream) string + Consume(input CharStream) +} + +type LexerATNSimulator struct { + *BaseATNSimulator + + recog Lexer + predictionMode int + mergeCache DoubleDict + startIndex int + Line int + CharPositionInLine int + mode int + prevAccept *SimState + MatchCalls int +} + +func NewLexerATNSimulator(recog Lexer, atn *ATN, decisionToDFA []*DFA, sharedContextCache *PredictionContextCache) *LexerATNSimulator { + l := new(LexerATNSimulator) + + l.BaseATNSimulator = NewBaseATNSimulator(atn, sharedContextCache) + + l.decisionToDFA = decisionToDFA + l.recog = recog + // The current token's starting index into the character stream. + // Shared across DFA to ATN simulation in case the ATN fails and the + // DFA did not have a previous accept state. In l case, we use the + // ATN-generated exception object. + l.startIndex = -1 + // line number 1..n within the input/// + l.Line = 1 + // The index of the character relative to the beginning of the line + // 0..n-1/// + l.CharPositionInLine = 0 + l.mode = LexerDefaultMode + // Used during DFA/ATN exec to record the most recent accept configuration + // info + l.prevAccept = NewSimState() + // done + return l +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) copyState(simulator *LexerATNSimulator) { + l.CharPositionInLine = simulator.CharPositionInLine + l.Line = simulator.Line + l.mode = simulator.mode + l.startIndex = simulator.startIndex +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) Match(input CharStream, mode int) int { + l.MatchCalls++ + l.mode = mode + mark := input.Mark() + + defer func() { + input.Release(mark) + }() + + l.startIndex = input.Index() + l.prevAccept.reset() + + dfa := l.decisionToDFA[mode] + + var s0 *DFAState + l.atn.stateMu.RLock() + s0 = dfa.getS0() + l.atn.stateMu.RUnlock() + + if s0 == nil { + return l.MatchATN(input) + } + + return l.execATN(input, s0) +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) reset() { + l.prevAccept.reset() + l.startIndex = -1 + l.Line = 1 + l.CharPositionInLine = 0 + l.mode = LexerDefaultMode +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) MatchATN(input CharStream) int { + startState := l.atn.modeToStartState[l.mode] + + if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("MatchATN mode " + strconv.Itoa(l.mode) + " start: " + startState.String()) + } + oldMode := l.mode + s0Closure := l.computeStartState(input, startState) + suppressEdge := s0Closure.hasSemanticContext + s0Closure.hasSemanticContext = false + + next := l.addDFAState(s0Closure, suppressEdge) + + predict := l.execATN(input, next) + + if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("DFA after MatchATN: " + l.decisionToDFA[oldMode].ToLexerString()) + } + return predict +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) execATN(input CharStream, ds0 *DFAState) int { + + if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("start state closure=" + ds0.configs.String()) + } + if ds0.isAcceptState { + // allow zero-length tokens + l.captureSimState(l.prevAccept, input, ds0) + } + t := input.LA(1) + s := ds0 // s is current/from DFA state + + for { // while more work + if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("execATN loop starting closure: " + s.configs.String()) + } + + // As we move src->trg, src->trg, we keep track of the previous trg to + // avoid looking up the DFA state again, which is expensive. + // If the previous target was already part of the DFA, we might + // be able to avoid doing a reach operation upon t. If s!=nil, + // it means that semantic predicates didn't prevent us from + // creating a DFA state. Once we know s!=nil, we check to see if + // the DFA state has an edge already for t. If so, we can just reuse + // it's configuration set there's no point in re-computing it. + // This is kind of like doing DFA simulation within the ATN + // simulation because DFA simulation is really just a way to avoid + // computing reach/closure sets. Technically, once we know that + // we have a previously added DFA state, we could jump over to + // the DFA simulator. But, that would mean popping back and forth + // a lot and making things more complicated algorithmically. + // This optimization makes a lot of sense for loops within DFA. + // A character will take us back to an existing DFA state + // that already has lots of edges out of it. e.g., .* in comments. + target := l.getExistingTargetState(s, t) + if target == nil { + target = l.computeTargetState(input, s, t) + // print("Computed:" + str(target)) + } + if target == ATNSimulatorError { + break + } + // If l is a consumable input element, make sure to consume before + // capturing the accept state so the input index, line, and char + // position accurately reflect the state of the interpreter at the + // end of the token. + if t != TokenEOF { + l.Consume(input) + } + if target.isAcceptState { + l.captureSimState(l.prevAccept, input, target) + if t == TokenEOF { + break + } + } + t = input.LA(1) + s = target // flip current DFA target becomes Newsrc/from state + } + + return l.failOrAccept(l.prevAccept, input, s.configs, t) +} + +// Get an existing target state for an edge in the DFA. If the target state +// for the edge has not yet been computed or is otherwise not available, +// l method returns {@code nil}. +// +// @param s The current DFA state +// @param t The next input symbol +// @return The existing target DFA state for the given input symbol +// {@code t}, or {@code nil} if the target state for l edge is not +// already cached +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getExistingTargetState(s *DFAState, t int) *DFAState { + if t < LexerATNSimulatorMinDFAEdge || t > LexerATNSimulatorMaxDFAEdge { + return nil + } + + l.atn.edgeMu.RLock() + defer l.atn.edgeMu.RUnlock() + if s.getEdges() == nil { + return nil + } + target := s.getIthEdge(t - LexerATNSimulatorMinDFAEdge) + if LexerATNSimulatorDebug && target != nil { + fmt.Println("reuse state " + strconv.Itoa(s.stateNumber) + " edge to " + strconv.Itoa(target.stateNumber)) + } + return target +} + +// Compute a target state for an edge in the DFA, and attempt to add the +// computed state and corresponding edge to the DFA. +// +// @param input The input stream +// @param s The current DFA state +// @param t The next input symbol +// +// @return The computed target DFA state for the given input symbol +// {@code t}. If {@code t} does not lead to a valid DFA state, l method +// returns {@link //ERROR}. +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) computeTargetState(input CharStream, s *DFAState, t int) *DFAState { + reach := NewOrderedATNConfigSet() + + // if we don't find an existing DFA state + // Fill reach starting from closure, following t transitions + l.getReachableConfigSet(input, s.configs, reach.BaseATNConfigSet, t) + + if len(reach.configs) == 0 { // we got nowhere on t from s + if !reach.hasSemanticContext { + // we got nowhere on t, don't panic out l knowledge it'd + // cause a failover from DFA later. + l.addDFAEdge(s, t, ATNSimulatorError, nil) + } + // stop when we can't Match any more char + return ATNSimulatorError + } + // Add an edge from s to target DFA found/created for reach + return l.addDFAEdge(s, t, nil, reach.BaseATNConfigSet) +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) failOrAccept(prevAccept *SimState, input CharStream, reach ATNConfigSet, t int) int { + if l.prevAccept.dfaState != nil { + lexerActionExecutor := prevAccept.dfaState.lexerActionExecutor + l.accept(input, lexerActionExecutor, l.startIndex, prevAccept.index, prevAccept.line, prevAccept.column) + return prevAccept.dfaState.prediction + } + + // if no accept and EOF is first char, return EOF + if t == TokenEOF && input.Index() == l.startIndex { + return TokenEOF + } + + panic(NewLexerNoViableAltException(l.recog, input, l.startIndex, reach)) +} + +// Given a starting configuration set, figure out all ATN configurations +// we can reach upon input {@code t}. Parameter {@code reach} is a return +// parameter. +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getReachableConfigSet(input CharStream, closure ATNConfigSet, reach ATNConfigSet, t int) { + // l is used to Skip processing for configs which have a lower priority + // than a config that already reached an accept state for the same rule + SkipAlt := ATNInvalidAltNumber + + for _, cfg := range closure.GetItems() { + currentAltReachedAcceptState := (cfg.GetAlt() == SkipAlt) + if currentAltReachedAcceptState && cfg.(*LexerATNConfig).passedThroughNonGreedyDecision { + continue + } + + if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + + fmt.Printf("testing %s at %s\n", l.GetTokenName(t), cfg.String()) // l.recog, true)) + } + + for _, trans := range cfg.GetState().GetTransitions() { + target := l.getReachableTarget(trans, t) + if target != nil { + lexerActionExecutor := cfg.(*LexerATNConfig).lexerActionExecutor + if lexerActionExecutor != nil { + lexerActionExecutor = lexerActionExecutor.fixOffsetBeforeMatch(input.Index() - l.startIndex) + } + treatEOFAsEpsilon := (t == TokenEOF) + config := NewLexerATNConfig3(cfg.(*LexerATNConfig), target, lexerActionExecutor) + if l.closure(input, config, reach, + currentAltReachedAcceptState, true, treatEOFAsEpsilon) { + // any remaining configs for l alt have a lower priority + // than the one that just reached an accept state. + SkipAlt = cfg.GetAlt() + } + } + } + } +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) accept(input CharStream, lexerActionExecutor *LexerActionExecutor, startIndex, index, line, charPos int) { + if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Printf("ACTION %v\n", lexerActionExecutor) + } + // seek to after last char in token + input.Seek(index) + l.Line = line + l.CharPositionInLine = charPos + if lexerActionExecutor != nil && l.recog != nil { + lexerActionExecutor.execute(l.recog, input, startIndex) + } +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getReachableTarget(trans Transition, t int) ATNState { + if trans.Matches(t, 0, LexerMaxCharValue) { + return trans.getTarget() + } + + return nil +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) computeStartState(input CharStream, p ATNState) *OrderedATNConfigSet { + configs := NewOrderedATNConfigSet() + for i := 0; i < len(p.GetTransitions()); i++ { + target := p.GetTransitions()[i].getTarget() + cfg := NewLexerATNConfig6(target, i+1, BasePredictionContextEMPTY) + l.closure(input, cfg, configs, false, false, false) + } + + return configs +} + +// Since the alternatives within any lexer decision are ordered by +// preference, l method stops pursuing the closure as soon as an accept +// state is reached. After the first accept state is reached by depth-first +// search from {@code config}, all other (potentially reachable) states for +// l rule would have a lower priority. +// +// @return {@code true} if an accept state is reached, otherwise +// {@code false}. +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) closure(input CharStream, config *LexerATNConfig, configs ATNConfigSet, + currentAltReachedAcceptState, speculative, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) bool { + + if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("closure(" + config.String() + ")") // config.String(l.recog, true) + ")") + } + + _, ok := config.state.(*RuleStopState) + if ok { + + if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + if l.recog != nil { + fmt.Printf("closure at %s rule stop %s\n", l.recog.GetRuleNames()[config.state.GetRuleIndex()], config) + } else { + fmt.Printf("closure at rule stop %s\n", config) + } + } + + if config.context == nil || config.context.hasEmptyPath() { + if config.context == nil || config.context.isEmpty() { + configs.Add(config, nil) + return true + } + + configs.Add(NewLexerATNConfig2(config, config.state, BasePredictionContextEMPTY), nil) + currentAltReachedAcceptState = true + } + if config.context != nil && !config.context.isEmpty() { + for i := 0; i < config.context.length(); i++ { + if config.context.getReturnState(i) != BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState { + newContext := config.context.GetParent(i) // "pop" return state + returnState := l.atn.states[config.context.getReturnState(i)] + cfg := NewLexerATNConfig2(config, returnState, newContext) + currentAltReachedAcceptState = l.closure(input, cfg, configs, currentAltReachedAcceptState, speculative, treatEOFAsEpsilon) + } + } + } + return currentAltReachedAcceptState + } + // optimization + if !config.state.GetEpsilonOnlyTransitions() { + if !currentAltReachedAcceptState || !config.passedThroughNonGreedyDecision { + configs.Add(config, nil) + } + } + for j := 0; j < len(config.state.GetTransitions()); j++ { + trans := config.state.GetTransitions()[j] + cfg := l.getEpsilonTarget(input, config, trans, configs, speculative, treatEOFAsEpsilon) + if cfg != nil { + currentAltReachedAcceptState = l.closure(input, cfg, configs, + currentAltReachedAcceptState, speculative, treatEOFAsEpsilon) + } + } + return currentAltReachedAcceptState +} + +// side-effect: can alter configs.hasSemanticContext +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getEpsilonTarget(input CharStream, config *LexerATNConfig, trans Transition, + configs ATNConfigSet, speculative, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) *LexerATNConfig { + + var cfg *LexerATNConfig + + if trans.getSerializationType() == TransitionRULE { + + rt := trans.(*RuleTransition) + newContext := SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(config.context, rt.followState.GetStateNumber()) + cfg = NewLexerATNConfig2(config, trans.getTarget(), newContext) + + } else if trans.getSerializationType() == TransitionPRECEDENCE { + panic("Precedence predicates are not supported in lexers.") + } else if trans.getSerializationType() == TransitionPREDICATE { + // Track traversing semantic predicates. If we traverse, + // we cannot add a DFA state for l "reach" computation + // because the DFA would not test the predicate again in the + // future. Rather than creating collections of semantic predicates + // like v3 and testing them on prediction, v4 will test them on the + // fly all the time using the ATN not the DFA. This is slower but + // semantically it's not used that often. One of the key elements to + // l predicate mechanism is not adding DFA states that see + // predicates immediately afterwards in the ATN. For example, + + // a : ID {p1}? | ID {p2}? + + // should create the start state for rule 'a' (to save start state + // competition), but should not create target of ID state. The + // collection of ATN states the following ID references includes + // states reached by traversing predicates. Since l is when we + // test them, we cannot cash the DFA state target of ID. + + pt := trans.(*PredicateTransition) + + if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("EVAL rule " + strconv.Itoa(trans.(*PredicateTransition).ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(pt.predIndex)) + } + configs.SetHasSemanticContext(true) + if l.evaluatePredicate(input, pt.ruleIndex, pt.predIndex, speculative) { + cfg = NewLexerATNConfig4(config, trans.getTarget()) + } + } else if trans.getSerializationType() == TransitionACTION { + if config.context == nil || config.context.hasEmptyPath() { + // execute actions anywhere in the start rule for a token. + // + // TODO: if the entry rule is invoked recursively, some + // actions may be executed during the recursive call. The + // problem can appear when hasEmptyPath() is true but + // isEmpty() is false. In l case, the config needs to be + // split into two contexts - one with just the empty path + // and another with everything but the empty path. + // Unfortunately, the current algorithm does not allow + // getEpsilonTarget to return two configurations, so + // additional modifications are needed before we can support + // the split operation. + lexerActionExecutor := LexerActionExecutorappend(config.lexerActionExecutor, l.atn.lexerActions[trans.(*ActionTransition).actionIndex]) + cfg = NewLexerATNConfig3(config, trans.getTarget(), lexerActionExecutor) + } else { + // ignore actions in referenced rules + cfg = NewLexerATNConfig4(config, trans.getTarget()) + } + } else if trans.getSerializationType() == TransitionEPSILON { + cfg = NewLexerATNConfig4(config, trans.getTarget()) + } else if trans.getSerializationType() == TransitionATOM || + trans.getSerializationType() == TransitionRANGE || + trans.getSerializationType() == TransitionSET { + if treatEOFAsEpsilon { + if trans.Matches(TokenEOF, 0, LexerMaxCharValue) { + cfg = NewLexerATNConfig4(config, trans.getTarget()) + } + } + } + return cfg +} + +// Evaluate a predicate specified in the lexer. +// +//If {@code speculative} is {@code true}, l method was called before +// {@link //consume} for the Matched character. This method should call +// {@link //consume} before evaluating the predicate to ensure position +// sensitive values, including {@link Lexer//GetText}, {@link Lexer//GetLine}, +// and {@link Lexer//getcolumn}, properly reflect the current +// lexer state. This method should restore {@code input} and the simulator +// to the original state before returning (i.e. undo the actions made by the +// call to {@link //consume}.
+// +// @param input The input stream. +// @param ruleIndex The rule containing the predicate. +// @param predIndex The index of the predicate within the rule. +// @param speculative {@code true} if the current index in {@code input} is +// one character before the predicate's location. +// +// @return {@code true} if the specified predicate evaluates to +// {@code true}. +// / +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) evaluatePredicate(input CharStream, ruleIndex, predIndex int, speculative bool) bool { + // assume true if no recognizer was provided + if l.recog == nil { + return true + } + if !speculative { + return l.recog.Sempred(nil, ruleIndex, predIndex) + } + savedcolumn := l.CharPositionInLine + savedLine := l.Line + index := input.Index() + marker := input.Mark() + + defer func() { + l.CharPositionInLine = savedcolumn + l.Line = savedLine + input.Seek(index) + input.Release(marker) + }() + + l.Consume(input) + return l.recog.Sempred(nil, ruleIndex, predIndex) +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) captureSimState(settings *SimState, input CharStream, dfaState *DFAState) { + settings.index = input.Index() + settings.line = l.Line + settings.column = l.CharPositionInLine + settings.dfaState = dfaState +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(from *DFAState, tk int, to *DFAState, cfgs ATNConfigSet) *DFAState { + if to == nil && cfgs != nil { + // leading to l call, ATNConfigSet.hasSemanticContext is used as a + // marker indicating dynamic predicate evaluation makes l edge + // dependent on the specific input sequence, so the static edge in the + // DFA should be omitted. The target DFAState is still created since + // execATN has the ability to reSynchronize with the DFA state cache + // following the predicate evaluation step. + // + // TJP notes: next time through the DFA, we see a pred again and eval. + // If that gets us to a previously created (but dangling) DFA + // state, we can continue in pure DFA mode from there. + // / + suppressEdge := cfgs.HasSemanticContext() + cfgs.SetHasSemanticContext(false) + + to = l.addDFAState(cfgs, true) + + if suppressEdge { + return to + } + } + // add the edge + if tk < LexerATNSimulatorMinDFAEdge || tk > LexerATNSimulatorMaxDFAEdge { + // Only track edges within the DFA bounds + return to + } + if LexerATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("EDGE " + from.String() + " -> " + to.String() + " upon " + strconv.Itoa(tk)) + } + l.atn.edgeMu.Lock() + defer l.atn.edgeMu.Unlock() + if from.getEdges() == nil { + // make room for tokens 1..n and -1 masquerading as index 0 + from.setEdges(make([]*DFAState, LexerATNSimulatorMaxDFAEdge-LexerATNSimulatorMinDFAEdge+1)) + } + from.setIthEdge(tk-LexerATNSimulatorMinDFAEdge, to) // connect + + return to +} + +// Add a NewDFA state if there isn't one with l set of +// configurations already. This method also detects the first +// configuration containing an ATN rule stop state. Later, when +// traversing the DFA, we will know which rule to accept. +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) addDFAState(configs ATNConfigSet, suppressEdge bool) *DFAState { + + proposed := NewDFAState(-1, configs) + var firstConfigWithRuleStopState ATNConfig + + for _, cfg := range configs.GetItems() { + + _, ok := cfg.GetState().(*RuleStopState) + + if ok { + firstConfigWithRuleStopState = cfg + break + } + } + if firstConfigWithRuleStopState != nil { + proposed.isAcceptState = true + proposed.lexerActionExecutor = firstConfigWithRuleStopState.(*LexerATNConfig).lexerActionExecutor + proposed.setPrediction(l.atn.ruleToTokenType[firstConfigWithRuleStopState.GetState().GetRuleIndex()]) + } + dfa := l.decisionToDFA[l.mode] + + l.atn.stateMu.Lock() + defer l.atn.stateMu.Unlock() + existing, present := dfa.states.Get(proposed) + if present { + + // This state was already present, so just return it. + // + proposed = existing + } else { + + // We need to add the new state + // + proposed.stateNumber = dfa.states.Len() + configs.SetReadOnly(true) + proposed.configs = configs + dfa.states.Put(proposed) + } + if !suppressEdge { + dfa.setS0(proposed) + } + return proposed +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) getDFA(mode int) *DFA { + return l.decisionToDFA[mode] +} + +// Get the text Matched so far for the current token. +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) GetText(input CharStream) string { + // index is first lookahead char, don't include. + return input.GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(l.startIndex, input.Index()-1)) +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) Consume(input CharStream) { + curChar := input.LA(1) + if curChar == int('\n') { + l.Line++ + l.CharPositionInLine = 0 + } else { + l.CharPositionInLine++ + } + input.Consume() +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) GetCharPositionInLine() int { + return l.CharPositionInLine +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) GetLine() int { + return l.Line +} + +func (l *LexerATNSimulator) GetTokenName(tt int) string { + if tt == -1 { + return "EOF" + } + + var sb strings.Builder + sb.Grow(6) + sb.WriteByte('\'') + sb.WriteRune(rune(tt)) + sb.WriteByte('\'') + + return sb.String() +} + +func resetSimState(sim *SimState) { + sim.index = -1 + sim.line = 0 + sim.column = -1 + sim.dfaState = nil +} + +type SimState struct { + index int + line int + column int + dfaState *DFAState +} + +func NewSimState() *SimState { + s := new(SimState) + resetSimState(s) + return s +} + +func (s *SimState) reset() { + resetSimState(s) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/ll1_analyzer.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/ll1_analyzer.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..76689615a6d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/ll1_analyzer.go @@ -0,0 +1,216 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +type LL1Analyzer struct { + atn *ATN +} + +func NewLL1Analyzer(atn *ATN) *LL1Analyzer { + la := new(LL1Analyzer) + la.atn = atn + return la +} + +// - Special value added to the lookahead sets to indicate that we hit +// a predicate during analysis if {@code seeThruPreds==false}. +// +// / +const ( + LL1AnalyzerHitPred = TokenInvalidType +) + +// * +// Calculates the SLL(1) expected lookahead set for each outgoing transition +// of an {@link ATNState}. The returned array has one element for each +// outgoing transition in {@code s}. If the closure from transition +// i leads to a semantic predicate before Matching a symbol, the +// element at index i of the result will be {@code nil}. +// +// @param s the ATN state +// @return the expected symbols for each outgoing transition of {@code s}. +func (la *LL1Analyzer) getDecisionLookahead(s ATNState) []*IntervalSet { + if s == nil { + return nil + } + count := len(s.GetTransitions()) + look := make([]*IntervalSet, count) + for alt := 0; alt < count; alt++ { + look[alt] = NewIntervalSet() + lookBusy := NewJStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]](aConfEqInst) + seeThruPreds := false // fail to get lookahead upon pred + la.look1(s.GetTransitions()[alt].getTarget(), nil, BasePredictionContextEMPTY, look[alt], lookBusy, NewBitSet(), seeThruPreds, false) + // Wipe out lookahead for la alternative if we found nothing + // or we had a predicate when we !seeThruPreds + if look[alt].length() == 0 || look[alt].contains(LL1AnalyzerHitPred) { + look[alt] = nil + } + } + return look +} + +// * +// Compute set of tokens that can follow {@code s} in the ATN in the +// specified {@code ctx}. +// +//If {@code ctx} is {@code nil} and the end of the rule containing +// {@code s} is reached, {@link Token//EPSILON} is added to the result set. +// If {@code ctx} is not {@code nil} and the end of the outermost rule is +// reached, {@link Token//EOF} is added to the result set.
+// +// @param s the ATN state +// @param stopState the ATN state to stop at. This can be a +// {@link BlockEndState} to detect epsilon paths through a closure. +// @param ctx the complete parser context, or {@code nil} if the context +// should be ignored +// +// @return The set of tokens that can follow {@code s} in the ATN in the +// specified {@code ctx}. +// / +func (la *LL1Analyzer) Look(s, stopState ATNState, ctx RuleContext) *IntervalSet { + r := NewIntervalSet() + seeThruPreds := true // ignore preds get all lookahead + var lookContext PredictionContext + if ctx != nil { + lookContext = predictionContextFromRuleContext(s.GetATN(), ctx) + } + la.look1(s, stopState, lookContext, r, NewJStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]](aConfEqInst), NewBitSet(), seeThruPreds, true) + return r +} + +//* +// Compute set of tokens that can follow {@code s} in the ATN in the +// specified {@code ctx}. +// +//If {@code ctx} is {@code nil} and {@code stopState} or the end of the +// rule containing {@code s} is reached, {@link Token//EPSILON} is added to +// the result set. If {@code ctx} is not {@code nil} and {@code addEOF} is +// {@code true} and {@code stopState} or the end of the outermost rule is +// reached, {@link Token//EOF} is added to the result set.
+// +// @param s the ATN state. +// @param stopState the ATN state to stop at. This can be a +// {@link BlockEndState} to detect epsilon paths through a closure. +// @param ctx The outer context, or {@code nil} if the outer context should +// not be used. +// @param look The result lookahead set. +// @param lookBusy A set used for preventing epsilon closures in the ATN +// from causing a stack overflow. Outside code should pass +// {@code NewSetIf the symbol type does not Match, +// {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//recoverInline} is called on the current error +// strategy to attempt recovery. If {@link //getBuildParseTree} is +// {@code true} and the token index of the symbol returned by +// {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//recoverInline} is -1, the symbol is added to +// the parse tree by calling {@link ParserRuleContext//addErrorNode}.
+// +// @param ttype the token type to Match +// @return the Matched symbol +// @panics RecognitionException if the current input symbol did not Match +// {@code ttype} and the error strategy could not recover from the +// mismatched symbol + +func (p *BaseParser) Match(ttype int) Token { + + t := p.GetCurrentToken() + + if t.GetTokenType() == ttype { + p.errHandler.ReportMatch(p) + p.Consume() + } else { + t = p.errHandler.RecoverInline(p) + if p.BuildParseTrees && t.GetTokenIndex() == -1 { + // we must have conjured up a Newtoken during single token + // insertion + // if it's not the current symbol + p.ctx.AddErrorNode(t) + } + } + + return t +} + +// Match current input symbol as a wildcard. If the symbol type Matches +// (i.e. has a value greater than 0), {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//ReportMatch} +// and {@link //consume} are called to complete the Match process. +// +//If the symbol type does not Match, +// {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//recoverInline} is called on the current error +// strategy to attempt recovery. If {@link //getBuildParseTree} is +// {@code true} and the token index of the symbol returned by +// {@link ANTLRErrorStrategy//recoverInline} is -1, the symbol is added to +// the parse tree by calling {@link ParserRuleContext//addErrorNode}.
+// +// @return the Matched symbol +// @panics RecognitionException if the current input symbol did not Match +// a wildcard and the error strategy could not recover from the mismatched +// symbol + +func (p *BaseParser) MatchWildcard() Token { + t := p.GetCurrentToken() + if t.GetTokenType() > 0 { + p.errHandler.ReportMatch(p) + p.Consume() + } else { + t = p.errHandler.RecoverInline(p) + if p.BuildParseTrees && t.GetTokenIndex() == -1 { + // we must have conjured up a Newtoken during single token + // insertion + // if it's not the current symbol + p.ctx.AddErrorNode(t) + } + } + return t +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetParserRuleContext() ParserRuleContext { + return p.ctx +} + +func (p *BaseParser) SetParserRuleContext(v ParserRuleContext) { + p.ctx = v +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetParseListeners() []ParseTreeListener { + if p.parseListeners == nil { + return make([]ParseTreeListener, 0) + } + return p.parseListeners +} + +// Registers {@code listener} to receive events during the parsing process. +// +//To support output-preserving grammar transformations (including but not +// limited to left-recursion removal, automated left-factoring, and +// optimized code generation), calls to listener methods during the parse +// may differ substantially from calls made by +// {@link ParseTreeWalker//DEFAULT} used after the parse is complete. In +// particular, rule entry and exit events may occur in a different order +// during the parse than after the parser. In addition, calls to certain +// rule entry methods may be omitted.
+// +//With the following specific exceptions, calls to listener events are +// deterministic, i.e. for identical input the calls to listener +// methods will be the same.
+// +//If {@code listener} is {@code nil} or has not been added as a parse +// listener, p.method does nothing.
+// @param listener the listener to remove +func (p *BaseParser) RemoveParseListener(listener ParseTreeListener) { + + if p.parseListeners != nil { + + idx := -1 + for i, v := range p.parseListeners { + if v == listener { + idx = i + break + } + } + + if idx == -1 { + return + } + + // remove the listener from the slice + p.parseListeners = append(p.parseListeners[0:idx], p.parseListeners[idx+1:]...) + + if len(p.parseListeners) == 0 { + p.parseListeners = nil + } + } +} + +// Remove all parse listeners. +func (p *BaseParser) removeParseListeners() { + p.parseListeners = nil +} + +// Notify any parse listeners of an enter rule event. +func (p *BaseParser) TriggerEnterRuleEvent() { + if p.parseListeners != nil { + ctx := p.ctx + for _, listener := range p.parseListeners { + listener.EnterEveryRule(ctx) + ctx.EnterRule(listener) + } + } +} + +// Notify any parse listeners of an exit rule event. +// +// @see //addParseListener +func (p *BaseParser) TriggerExitRuleEvent() { + if p.parseListeners != nil { + // reverse order walk of listeners + ctx := p.ctx + l := len(p.parseListeners) - 1 + + for i := range p.parseListeners { + listener := p.parseListeners[l-i] + ctx.ExitRule(listener) + listener.ExitEveryRule(ctx) + } + } +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetInterpreter() *ParserATNSimulator { + return p.Interpreter +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetATN() *ATN { + return p.Interpreter.atn +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetTokenFactory() TokenFactory { + return p.input.GetTokenSource().GetTokenFactory() +} + +// Tell our token source and error strategy about a Newway to create tokens.// +func (p *BaseParser) setTokenFactory(factory TokenFactory) { + p.input.GetTokenSource().setTokenFactory(factory) +} + +// The ATN with bypass alternatives is expensive to create so we create it +// lazily. +// +// @panics UnsupportedOperationException if the current parser does not +// implement the {@link //getSerializedATN()} method. +func (p *BaseParser) GetATNWithBypassAlts() { + + // TODO + panic("Not implemented!") + + // serializedAtn := p.getSerializedATN() + // if (serializedAtn == nil) { + // panic("The current parser does not support an ATN with bypass alternatives.") + // } + // result := p.bypassAltsAtnCache[serializedAtn] + // if (result == nil) { + // deserializationOptions := NewATNDeserializationOptions(nil) + // deserializationOptions.generateRuleBypassTransitions = true + // result = NewATNDeserializer(deserializationOptions).deserialize(serializedAtn) + // p.bypassAltsAtnCache[serializedAtn] = result + // } + // return result +} + +// The preferred method of getting a tree pattern. For example, here's a +// sample use: +// +//+// ParseTree t = parser.expr() +// ParseTreePattern p = parser.compileParseTreePattern("<ID>+0", +// MyParser.RULE_expr) +// ParseTreeMatch m = p.Match(t) +// String id = m.Get("ID") +//+ +func (p *BaseParser) compileParseTreePattern(pattern, patternRuleIndex, lexer Lexer) { + + panic("NewParseTreePatternMatcher not implemented!") + // + // if (lexer == nil) { + // if (p.GetTokenStream() != nil) { + // tokenSource := p.GetTokenStream().GetTokenSource() + // if _, ok := tokenSource.(ILexer); ok { + // lexer = tokenSource + // } + // } + // } + // if (lexer == nil) { + // panic("Parser can't discover a lexer to use") + // } + + // m := NewParseTreePatternMatcher(lexer, p) + // return m.compile(pattern, patternRuleIndex) +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetInputStream() IntStream { + return p.GetTokenStream() +} + +func (p *BaseParser) SetInputStream(input TokenStream) { + p.SetTokenStream(input) +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetTokenStream() TokenStream { + return p.input +} + +// Set the token stream and reset the parser.// +func (p *BaseParser) SetTokenStream(input TokenStream) { + p.input = nil + p.reset() + p.input = input +} + +// Match needs to return the current input symbol, which gets put +// into the label for the associated token ref e.g., x=ID. +func (p *BaseParser) GetCurrentToken() Token { + return p.input.LT(1) +} + +func (p *BaseParser) NotifyErrorListeners(msg string, offendingToken Token, err RecognitionException) { + if offendingToken == nil { + offendingToken = p.GetCurrentToken() + } + p._SyntaxErrors++ + line := offendingToken.GetLine() + column := offendingToken.GetColumn() + listener := p.GetErrorListenerDispatch() + listener.SyntaxError(p, offendingToken, line, column, msg, err) +} + +func (p *BaseParser) Consume() Token { + o := p.GetCurrentToken() + if o.GetTokenType() != TokenEOF { + p.GetInputStream().Consume() + } + hasListener := p.parseListeners != nil && len(p.parseListeners) > 0 + if p.BuildParseTrees || hasListener { + if p.errHandler.InErrorRecoveryMode(p) { + node := p.ctx.AddErrorNode(o) + if p.parseListeners != nil { + for _, l := range p.parseListeners { + l.VisitErrorNode(node) + } + } + + } else { + node := p.ctx.AddTokenNode(o) + if p.parseListeners != nil { + for _, l := range p.parseListeners { + l.VisitTerminal(node) + } + } + } + // node.invokingState = p.state + } + + return o +} + +func (p *BaseParser) addContextToParseTree() { + // add current context to parent if we have a parent + if p.ctx.GetParent() != nil { + p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext).AddChild(p.ctx) + } +} + +func (p *BaseParser) EnterRule(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, ruleIndex int) { + p.SetState(state) + p.ctx = localctx + p.ctx.SetStart(p.input.LT(1)) + if p.BuildParseTrees { + p.addContextToParseTree() + } + if p.parseListeners != nil { + p.TriggerEnterRuleEvent() + } +} + +func (p *BaseParser) ExitRule() { + p.ctx.SetStop(p.input.LT(-1)) + // trigger event on ctx, before it reverts to parent + if p.parseListeners != nil { + p.TriggerExitRuleEvent() + } + p.SetState(p.ctx.GetInvokingState()) + if p.ctx.GetParent() != nil { + p.ctx = p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext) + } else { + p.ctx = nil + } +} + +func (p *BaseParser) EnterOuterAlt(localctx ParserRuleContext, altNum int) { + localctx.SetAltNumber(altNum) + // if we have Newlocalctx, make sure we replace existing ctx + // that is previous child of parse tree + if p.BuildParseTrees && p.ctx != localctx { + if p.ctx.GetParent() != nil { + p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext).RemoveLastChild() + p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext).AddChild(localctx) + } + } + p.ctx = localctx +} + +// Get the precedence level for the top-most precedence rule. +// +// @return The precedence level for the top-most precedence rule, or -1 if +// the parser context is not nested within a precedence rule. + +func (p *BaseParser) GetPrecedence() int { + if len(p.precedenceStack) == 0 { + return -1 + } + + return p.precedenceStack[len(p.precedenceStack)-1] +} + +func (p *BaseParser) EnterRecursionRule(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, ruleIndex, precedence int) { + p.SetState(state) + p.precedenceStack.Push(precedence) + p.ctx = localctx + p.ctx.SetStart(p.input.LT(1)) + if p.parseListeners != nil { + p.TriggerEnterRuleEvent() // simulates rule entry for + // left-recursive rules + } +} + +// +// Like {@link //EnterRule} but for recursive rules. + +func (p *BaseParser) PushNewRecursionContext(localctx ParserRuleContext, state, ruleIndex int) { + previous := p.ctx + previous.SetParent(localctx) + previous.SetInvokingState(state) + previous.SetStop(p.input.LT(-1)) + + p.ctx = localctx + p.ctx.SetStart(previous.GetStart()) + if p.BuildParseTrees { + p.ctx.AddChild(previous) + } + if p.parseListeners != nil { + p.TriggerEnterRuleEvent() // simulates rule entry for + // left-recursive rules + } +} + +func (p *BaseParser) UnrollRecursionContexts(parentCtx ParserRuleContext) { + p.precedenceStack.Pop() + p.ctx.SetStop(p.input.LT(-1)) + retCtx := p.ctx // save current ctx (return value) + // unroll so ctx is as it was before call to recursive method + if p.parseListeners != nil { + for p.ctx != parentCtx { + p.TriggerExitRuleEvent() + p.ctx = p.ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext) + } + } else { + p.ctx = parentCtx + } + // hook into tree + retCtx.SetParent(parentCtx) + if p.BuildParseTrees && parentCtx != nil { + // add return ctx into invoking rule's tree + parentCtx.AddChild(retCtx) + } +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetInvokingContext(ruleIndex int) ParserRuleContext { + ctx := p.ctx + for ctx != nil { + if ctx.GetRuleIndex() == ruleIndex { + return ctx + } + ctx = ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext) + } + return nil +} + +func (p *BaseParser) Precpred(localctx RuleContext, precedence int) bool { + return precedence >= p.precedenceStack[len(p.precedenceStack)-1] +} + +func (p *BaseParser) inContext(context ParserRuleContext) bool { + // TODO: useful in parser? + return false +} + +// +// Checks whether or not {@code symbol} can follow the current state in the +// ATN. The behavior of p.method is equivalent to the following, but is +// implemented such that the complete context-sensitive follow set does not +// need to be explicitly constructed. +// +//
+// return getExpectedTokens().contains(symbol) +//+// +// @param symbol the symbol type to check +// @return {@code true} if {@code symbol} can follow the current state in +// the ATN, otherwise {@code false}. + +func (p *BaseParser) IsExpectedToken(symbol int) bool { + atn := p.Interpreter.atn + ctx := p.ctx + s := atn.states[p.state] + following := atn.NextTokens(s, nil) + if following.contains(symbol) { + return true + } + if !following.contains(TokenEpsilon) { + return false + } + for ctx != nil && ctx.GetInvokingState() >= 0 && following.contains(TokenEpsilon) { + invokingState := atn.states[ctx.GetInvokingState()] + rt := invokingState.GetTransitions()[0] + following = atn.NextTokens(rt.(*RuleTransition).followState, nil) + if following.contains(symbol) { + return true + } + ctx = ctx.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext) + } + if following.contains(TokenEpsilon) && symbol == TokenEOF { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// Computes the set of input symbols which could follow the current parser +// state and context, as given by {@link //GetState} and {@link //GetContext}, +// respectively. +// +// @see ATN//getExpectedTokens(int, RuleContext) +func (p *BaseParser) GetExpectedTokens() *IntervalSet { + return p.Interpreter.atn.getExpectedTokens(p.state, p.ctx) +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetExpectedTokensWithinCurrentRule() *IntervalSet { + atn := p.Interpreter.atn + s := atn.states[p.state] + return atn.NextTokens(s, nil) +} + +// Get a rule's index (i.e., {@code RULE_ruleName} field) or -1 if not found.// +func (p *BaseParser) GetRuleIndex(ruleName string) int { + var ruleIndex, ok = p.GetRuleIndexMap()[ruleName] + if ok { + return ruleIndex + } + + return -1 +} + +// Return List<String> of the rule names in your parser instance +// leading up to a call to the current rule. You could override if +// you want more details such as the file/line info of where +// in the ATN a rule is invoked. +// +// this very useful for error messages. + +func (p *BaseParser) GetRuleInvocationStack(c ParserRuleContext) []string { + if c == nil { + c = p.ctx + } + stack := make([]string, 0) + for c != nil { + // compute what follows who invoked us + ruleIndex := c.GetRuleIndex() + if ruleIndex < 0 { + stack = append(stack, "n/a") + } else { + stack = append(stack, p.GetRuleNames()[ruleIndex]) + } + + vp := c.GetParent() + + if vp == nil { + break + } + + c = vp.(ParserRuleContext) + } + return stack +} + +// For debugging and other purposes.// +func (p *BaseParser) GetDFAStrings() string { + return fmt.Sprint(p.Interpreter.decisionToDFA) +} + +// For debugging and other purposes.// +func (p *BaseParser) DumpDFA() { + seenOne := false + for _, dfa := range p.Interpreter.decisionToDFA { + if dfa.states.Len() > 0 { + if seenOne { + fmt.Println() + } + fmt.Println("Decision " + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + ":") + fmt.Print(dfa.String(p.LiteralNames, p.SymbolicNames)) + seenOne = true + } + } +} + +func (p *BaseParser) GetSourceName() string { + return p.GrammarFileName +} + +// During a parse is sometimes useful to listen in on the rule entry and exit +// events as well as token Matches. p.is for quick and dirty debugging. +func (p *BaseParser) SetTrace(trace *TraceListener) { + if trace == nil { + p.RemoveParseListener(p.tracer) + p.tracer = nil + } else { + if p.tracer != nil { + p.RemoveParseListener(p.tracer) + } + p.tracer = NewTraceListener(p) + p.AddParseListener(p.tracer) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_atn_simulator.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_atn_simulator.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8bcc46a0d992 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_atn_simulator.go @@ -0,0 +1,1559 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "fmt" + "strconv" + "strings" +) + +var ( + ParserATNSimulatorDebug = false + ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim = false + ParserATNSimulatorDFADebug = false + ParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug = false + TurnOffLRLoopEntryBranchOpt = false +) + +type ParserATNSimulator struct { + *BaseATNSimulator + + parser Parser + predictionMode int + input TokenStream + startIndex int + dfa *DFA + mergeCache *DoubleDict + outerContext ParserRuleContext +} + +func NewParserATNSimulator(parser Parser, atn *ATN, decisionToDFA []*DFA, sharedContextCache *PredictionContextCache) *ParserATNSimulator { + + p := new(ParserATNSimulator) + + p.BaseATNSimulator = NewBaseATNSimulator(atn, sharedContextCache) + + p.parser = parser + p.decisionToDFA = decisionToDFA + // SLL, LL, or LL + exact ambig detection?// + p.predictionMode = PredictionModeLL + // LAME globals to avoid parameters!!!!! I need these down deep in predTransition + p.input = nil + p.startIndex = 0 + p.outerContext = nil + p.dfa = nil + // Each prediction operation uses a cache for merge of prediction contexts. + // Don't keep around as it wastes huge amounts of memory. DoubleKeyMap + // isn't Synchronized but we're ok since two threads shouldn't reuse same + // parser/atnsim object because it can only handle one input at a time. + // This maps graphs a and b to merged result c. (a,b)&rarrc. We can avoid + // the merge if we ever see a and b again. Note that (b,a)&rarrc should + // also be examined during cache lookup. + // + p.mergeCache = nil + + return p +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) GetPredictionMode() int { + return p.predictionMode +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) SetPredictionMode(v int) { + p.predictionMode = v +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) reset() { +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) AdaptivePredict(input TokenStream, decision int, outerContext ParserRuleContext) int { + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { + fmt.Println("adaptivePredict decision " + strconv.Itoa(decision) + + " exec LA(1)==" + p.getLookaheadName(input) + + " line " + strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetLine()) + ":" + + strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetColumn())) + } + + p.input = input + p.startIndex = input.Index() + p.outerContext = outerContext + + dfa := p.decisionToDFA[decision] + p.dfa = dfa + m := input.Mark() + index := input.Index() + + defer func() { + p.dfa = nil + p.mergeCache = nil // wack cache after each prediction + input.Seek(index) + input.Release(m) + }() + + // Now we are certain to have a specific decision's DFA + // But, do we still need an initial state? + var s0 *DFAState + p.atn.stateMu.RLock() + if dfa.getPrecedenceDfa() { + p.atn.edgeMu.RLock() + // the start state for a precedence DFA depends on the current + // parser precedence, and is provided by a DFA method. + s0 = dfa.getPrecedenceStartState(p.parser.GetPrecedence()) + p.atn.edgeMu.RUnlock() + } else { + // the start state for a "regular" DFA is just s0 + s0 = dfa.getS0() + } + p.atn.stateMu.RUnlock() + + if s0 == nil { + if outerContext == nil { + outerContext = ParserRuleContextEmpty + } + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("predictATN decision " + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + + " exec LA(1)==" + p.getLookaheadName(input) + + ", outerContext=" + outerContext.String(p.parser.GetRuleNames(), nil)) + } + fullCtx := false + s0Closure := p.computeStartState(dfa.atnStartState, ParserRuleContextEmpty, fullCtx) + + p.atn.stateMu.Lock() + if dfa.getPrecedenceDfa() { + // If p is a precedence DFA, we use applyPrecedenceFilter + // to convert the computed start state to a precedence start + // state. We then use DFA.setPrecedenceStartState to set the + // appropriate start state for the precedence level rather + // than simply setting DFA.s0. + // + dfa.s0.configs = s0Closure + s0Closure = p.applyPrecedenceFilter(s0Closure) + s0 = p.addDFAState(dfa, NewDFAState(-1, s0Closure)) + p.atn.edgeMu.Lock() + dfa.setPrecedenceStartState(p.parser.GetPrecedence(), s0) + p.atn.edgeMu.Unlock() + } else { + s0 = p.addDFAState(dfa, NewDFAState(-1, s0Closure)) + dfa.setS0(s0) + } + p.atn.stateMu.Unlock() + } + + alt := p.execATN(dfa, s0, input, index, outerContext) + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("DFA after predictATN: " + dfa.String(p.parser.GetLiteralNames(), nil)) + } + return alt + +} + +// Performs ATN simulation to compute a predicted alternative based +// upon the remaining input, but also updates the DFA cache to avoid +// having to traverse the ATN again for the same input sequence. + +// There are some key conditions we're looking for after computing a new +// set of ATN configs (proposed DFA state): +// if the set is empty, there is no viable alternative for current symbol +// does the state uniquely predict an alternative? +// does the state have a conflict that would prevent us from +// putting it on the work list? + +// We also have some key operations to do: +// add an edge from previous DFA state to potentially NewDFA state, D, +// upon current symbol but only if adding to work list, which means in all +// cases except no viable alternative (and possibly non-greedy decisions?) +// collecting predicates and adding semantic context to DFA accept states +// adding rule context to context-sensitive DFA accept states +// consuming an input symbol +// Reporting a conflict +// Reporting an ambiguity +// Reporting a context sensitivity +// Reporting insufficient predicates + +// cover these cases: +// +// dead end +// single alt +// single alt + preds +// conflict +// conflict + preds +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) execATN(dfa *DFA, s0 *DFAState, input TokenStream, startIndex int, outerContext ParserRuleContext) int { + + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { + fmt.Println("execATN decision " + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + + ", DFA state " + s0.String() + + ", LA(1)==" + p.getLookaheadName(input) + + " line " + strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetLine()) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(input.LT(1).GetColumn())) + } + + previousD := s0 + + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("s0 = " + s0.String()) + } + t := input.LA(1) + for { // for more work + D := p.getExistingTargetState(previousD, t) + if D == nil { + D = p.computeTargetState(dfa, previousD, t) + } + if D == ATNSimulatorError { + // if any configs in previous dipped into outer context, that + // means that input up to t actually finished entry rule + // at least for SLL decision. Full LL doesn't dip into outer + // so don't need special case. + // We will get an error no matter what so delay until after + // decision better error message. Also, no reachable target + // ATN states in SLL implies LL will also get nowhere. + // If conflict in states that dip out, choose min since we + // will get error no matter what. + e := p.noViableAlt(input, outerContext, previousD.configs, startIndex) + input.Seek(startIndex) + alt := p.getSynValidOrSemInvalidAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(previousD.configs, outerContext) + if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { + return alt + } + + panic(e) + } + if D.requiresFullContext && p.predictionMode != PredictionModeSLL { + // IF PREDS, MIGHT RESOLVE TO SINGLE ALT => SLL (or syntax error) + conflictingAlts := D.configs.GetConflictingAlts() + if D.predicates != nil { + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("DFA state has preds in DFA sim LL failover") + } + conflictIndex := input.Index() + if conflictIndex != startIndex { + input.Seek(startIndex) + } + conflictingAlts = p.evalSemanticContext(D.predicates, outerContext, true) + if conflictingAlts.length() == 1 { + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("Full LL avoided") + } + return conflictingAlts.minValue() + } + if conflictIndex != startIndex { + // restore the index so Reporting the fallback to full + // context occurs with the index at the correct spot + input.Seek(conflictIndex) + } + } + if ParserATNSimulatorDFADebug { + fmt.Println("ctx sensitive state " + outerContext.String(nil, nil) + " in " + D.String()) + } + fullCtx := true + s0Closure := p.computeStartState(dfa.atnStartState, outerContext, fullCtx) + p.ReportAttemptingFullContext(dfa, conflictingAlts, D.configs, startIndex, input.Index()) + alt := p.execATNWithFullContext(dfa, D, s0Closure, input, startIndex, outerContext) + return alt + } + if D.isAcceptState { + if D.predicates == nil { + return D.prediction + } + stopIndex := input.Index() + input.Seek(startIndex) + alts := p.evalSemanticContext(D.predicates, outerContext, true) + + switch alts.length() { + case 0: + panic(p.noViableAlt(input, outerContext, D.configs, startIndex)) + case 1: + return alts.minValue() + default: + // Report ambiguity after predicate evaluation to make sure the correct set of ambig alts is Reported. + p.ReportAmbiguity(dfa, D, startIndex, stopIndex, false, alts, D.configs) + return alts.minValue() + } + } + previousD = D + + if t != TokenEOF { + input.Consume() + t = input.LA(1) + } + } +} + +// Get an existing target state for an edge in the DFA. If the target state +// for the edge has not yet been computed or is otherwise not available, +// p method returns {@code nil}. +// +// @param previousD The current DFA state +// @param t The next input symbol +// @return The existing target DFA state for the given input symbol +// {@code t}, or {@code nil} if the target state for p edge is not +// already cached + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getExistingTargetState(previousD *DFAState, t int) *DFAState { + if t+1 < 0 { + return nil + } + + p.atn.edgeMu.RLock() + defer p.atn.edgeMu.RUnlock() + edges := previousD.getEdges() + if edges == nil || t+1 >= len(edges) { + return nil + } + return previousD.getIthEdge(t + 1) +} + +// Compute a target state for an edge in the DFA, and attempt to add the +// computed state and corresponding edge to the DFA. +// +// @param dfa The DFA +// @param previousD The current DFA state +// @param t The next input symbol +// +// @return The computed target DFA state for the given input symbol +// {@code t}. If {@code t} does not lead to a valid DFA state, p method +// returns {@link //ERROR}. + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) computeTargetState(dfa *DFA, previousD *DFAState, t int) *DFAState { + reach := p.computeReachSet(previousD.configs, t, false) + + if reach == nil { + p.addDFAEdge(dfa, previousD, t, ATNSimulatorError) + return ATNSimulatorError + } + // create Newtarget state we'll add to DFA after it's complete + D := NewDFAState(-1, reach) + + predictedAlt := p.getUniqueAlt(reach) + + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + altSubSets := PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(reach) + fmt.Println("SLL altSubSets=" + fmt.Sprint(altSubSets) + + ", previous=" + previousD.configs.String() + + ", configs=" + reach.String() + + ", predict=" + strconv.Itoa(predictedAlt) + + ", allSubsetsConflict=" + + fmt.Sprint(PredictionModeallSubsetsConflict(altSubSets)) + + ", conflictingAlts=" + p.getConflictingAlts(reach).String()) + } + if predictedAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { + // NO CONFLICT, UNIQUELY PREDICTED ALT + D.isAcceptState = true + D.configs.SetUniqueAlt(predictedAlt) + D.setPrediction(predictedAlt) + } else if PredictionModehasSLLConflictTerminatingPrediction(p.predictionMode, reach) { + // MORE THAN ONE VIABLE ALTERNATIVE + D.configs.SetConflictingAlts(p.getConflictingAlts(reach)) + D.requiresFullContext = true + // in SLL-only mode, we will stop at p state and return the minimum alt + D.isAcceptState = true + D.setPrediction(D.configs.GetConflictingAlts().minValue()) + } + if D.isAcceptState && D.configs.HasSemanticContext() { + p.predicateDFAState(D, p.atn.getDecisionState(dfa.decision)) + if D.predicates != nil { + D.setPrediction(ATNInvalidAltNumber) + } + } + // all adds to dfa are done after we've created full D state + D = p.addDFAEdge(dfa, previousD, t, D) + return D +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) predicateDFAState(dfaState *DFAState, decisionState DecisionState) { + // We need to test all predicates, even in DFA states that + // uniquely predict alternative. + nalts := len(decisionState.GetTransitions()) + // Update DFA so reach becomes accept state with (predicate,alt) + // pairs if preds found for conflicting alts + altsToCollectPredsFrom := p.getConflictingAltsOrUniqueAlt(dfaState.configs) + altToPred := p.getPredsForAmbigAlts(altsToCollectPredsFrom, dfaState.configs, nalts) + if altToPred != nil { + dfaState.predicates = p.getPredicatePredictions(altsToCollectPredsFrom, altToPred) + dfaState.setPrediction(ATNInvalidAltNumber) // make sure we use preds + } else { + // There are preds in configs but they might go away + // when OR'd together like {p}? || NONE == NONE. If neither + // alt has preds, resolve to min alt + dfaState.setPrediction(altsToCollectPredsFrom.minValue()) + } +} + +// comes back with reach.uniqueAlt set to a valid alt +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) execATNWithFullContext(dfa *DFA, D *DFAState, s0 ATNConfigSet, input TokenStream, startIndex int, outerContext ParserRuleContext) int { + + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { + fmt.Println("execATNWithFullContext " + s0.String()) + } + + fullCtx := true + foundExactAmbig := false + var reach ATNConfigSet + previous := s0 + input.Seek(startIndex) + t := input.LA(1) + predictedAlt := -1 + + for { // for more work + reach = p.computeReachSet(previous, t, fullCtx) + if reach == nil { + // if any configs in previous dipped into outer context, that + // means that input up to t actually finished entry rule + // at least for LL decision. Full LL doesn't dip into outer + // so don't need special case. + // We will get an error no matter what so delay until after + // decision better error message. Also, no reachable target + // ATN states in SLL implies LL will also get nowhere. + // If conflict in states that dip out, choose min since we + // will get error no matter what. + e := p.noViableAlt(input, outerContext, previous, startIndex) + input.Seek(startIndex) + alt := p.getSynValidOrSemInvalidAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(previous, outerContext) + if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { + return alt + } + + panic(e) + } + altSubSets := PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(reach) + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("LL altSubSets=" + fmt.Sprint(altSubSets) + ", predict=" + + strconv.Itoa(PredictionModegetUniqueAlt(altSubSets)) + ", resolvesToJustOneViableAlt=" + + fmt.Sprint(PredictionModeresolvesToJustOneViableAlt(altSubSets))) + } + reach.SetUniqueAlt(p.getUniqueAlt(reach)) + // unique prediction? + if reach.GetUniqueAlt() != ATNInvalidAltNumber { + predictedAlt = reach.GetUniqueAlt() + break + } + if p.predictionMode != PredictionModeLLExactAmbigDetection { + predictedAlt = PredictionModeresolvesToJustOneViableAlt(altSubSets) + if predictedAlt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { + break + } + } else { + // In exact ambiguity mode, we never try to terminate early. + // Just keeps scarfing until we know what the conflict is + if PredictionModeallSubsetsConflict(altSubSets) && PredictionModeallSubsetsEqual(altSubSets) { + foundExactAmbig = true + predictedAlt = PredictionModegetSingleViableAlt(altSubSets) + break + } + // else there are multiple non-conflicting subsets or + // we're not sure what the ambiguity is yet. + // So, keep going. + } + previous = reach + if t != TokenEOF { + input.Consume() + t = input.LA(1) + } + } + // If the configuration set uniquely predicts an alternative, + // without conflict, then we know that it's a full LL decision + // not SLL. + if reach.GetUniqueAlt() != ATNInvalidAltNumber { + p.ReportContextSensitivity(dfa, predictedAlt, reach, startIndex, input.Index()) + return predictedAlt + } + // We do not check predicates here because we have checked them + // on-the-fly when doing full context prediction. + + // + // In non-exact ambiguity detection mode, we might actually be able to + // detect an exact ambiguity, but I'm not going to spend the cycles + // needed to check. We only emit ambiguity warnings in exact ambiguity + // mode. + // + // For example, we might know that we have conflicting configurations. + // But, that does not mean that there is no way forward without a + // conflict. It's possible to have nonconflicting alt subsets as in: + + // altSubSets=[{1, 2}, {1, 2}, {1}, {1, 2}] + + // from + // + // [(17,1,[5 $]), (13,1,[5 10 $]), (21,1,[5 10 $]), (11,1,[$]), + // (13,2,[5 10 $]), (21,2,[5 10 $]), (11,2,[$])] + // + // In p case, (17,1,[5 $]) indicates there is some next sequence that + // would resolve p without conflict to alternative 1. Any other viable + // next sequence, however, is associated with a conflict. We stop + // looking for input because no amount of further lookahead will alter + // the fact that we should predict alternative 1. We just can't say for + // sure that there is an ambiguity without looking further. + + p.ReportAmbiguity(dfa, D, startIndex, input.Index(), foundExactAmbig, reach.Alts(), reach) + + return predictedAlt +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) computeReachSet(closure ATNConfigSet, t int, fullCtx bool) ATNConfigSet { + if p.mergeCache == nil { + p.mergeCache = NewDoubleDict() + } + intermediate := NewBaseATNConfigSet(fullCtx) + + // Configurations already in a rule stop state indicate reaching the end + // of the decision rule (local context) or end of the start rule (full + // context). Once reached, these configurations are never updated by a + // closure operation, so they are handled separately for the performance + // advantage of having a smaller intermediate set when calling closure. + // + // For full-context reach operations, separate handling is required to + // ensure that the alternative Matching the longest overall sequence is + // chosen when multiple such configurations can Match the input. + + var skippedStopStates []*BaseATNConfig + + // First figure out where we can reach on input t + for _, c := range closure.GetItems() { + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("testing " + p.GetTokenName(t) + " at " + c.String()) + } + + if _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok { + if fullCtx || t == TokenEOF { + skippedStopStates = append(skippedStopStates, c.(*BaseATNConfig)) + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("added " + c.String() + " to SkippedStopStates") + } + } + continue + } + + for _, trans := range c.GetState().GetTransitions() { + target := p.getReachableTarget(trans, t) + if target != nil { + cfg := NewBaseATNConfig4(c, target) + intermediate.Add(cfg, p.mergeCache) + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("added " + cfg.String() + " to intermediate") + } + } + } + } + + // Now figure out where the reach operation can take us... + var reach ATNConfigSet + + // This block optimizes the reach operation for intermediate sets which + // trivially indicate a termination state for the overall + // AdaptivePredict operation. + // + // The conditions assume that intermediate + // contains all configurations relevant to the reach set, but p + // condition is not true when one or more configurations have been + // withheld in SkippedStopStates, or when the current symbol is EOF. + // + if skippedStopStates == nil && t != TokenEOF { + if len(intermediate.configs) == 1 { + // Don't pursue the closure if there is just one state. + // It can only have one alternative just add to result + // Also don't pursue the closure if there is unique alternative + // among the configurations. + reach = intermediate + } else if p.getUniqueAlt(intermediate) != ATNInvalidAltNumber { + // Also don't pursue the closure if there is unique alternative + // among the configurations. + reach = intermediate + } + } + // If the reach set could not be trivially determined, perform a closure + // operation on the intermediate set to compute its initial value. + // + if reach == nil { + reach = NewBaseATNConfigSet(fullCtx) + closureBusy := NewJStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]](aConfEqInst) + treatEOFAsEpsilon := t == TokenEOF + amount := len(intermediate.configs) + for k := 0; k < amount; k++ { + p.closure(intermediate.configs[k], reach, closureBusy, false, fullCtx, treatEOFAsEpsilon) + } + } + if t == TokenEOF { + // After consuming EOF no additional input is possible, so we are + // only interested in configurations which reached the end of the + // decision rule (local context) or end of the start rule (full + // context). Update reach to contain only these configurations. This + // handles both explicit EOF transitions in the grammar and implicit + // EOF transitions following the end of the decision or start rule. + // + // When reach==intermediate, no closure operation was performed. In + // p case, removeAllConfigsNotInRuleStopState needs to check for + // reachable rule stop states as well as configurations already in + // a rule stop state. + // + // This is handled before the configurations in SkippedStopStates, + // because any configurations potentially added from that list are + // already guaranteed to meet p condition whether or not it's + // required. + // + reach = p.removeAllConfigsNotInRuleStopState(reach, reach == intermediate) + } + // If SkippedStopStates!=nil, then it contains at least one + // configuration. For full-context reach operations, these + // configurations reached the end of the start rule, in which case we + // only add them back to reach if no configuration during the current + // closure operation reached such a state. This ensures AdaptivePredict + // chooses an alternative Matching the longest overall sequence when + // multiple alternatives are viable. + // + if skippedStopStates != nil && ((!fullCtx) || (!PredictionModehasConfigInRuleStopState(reach))) { + for l := 0; l < len(skippedStopStates); l++ { + reach.Add(skippedStopStates[l], p.mergeCache) + } + } + + if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { + fmt.Println("computeReachSet " + closure.String() + " -> " + reach.String()) + } + + if len(reach.GetItems()) == 0 { + return nil + } + + return reach +} + +// Return a configuration set containing only the configurations from +// {@code configs} which are in a {@link RuleStopState}. If all +// configurations in {@code configs} are already in a rule stop state, p +// method simply returns {@code configs}. +// +//
When {@code lookToEndOfRule} is true, p method uses +// {@link ATN//NextTokens} for each configuration in {@code configs} which is +// not already in a rule stop state to see if a rule stop state is reachable +// from the configuration via epsilon-only transitions.
+// +// @param configs the configuration set to update +// @param lookToEndOfRule when true, p method checks for rule stop states +// reachable by epsilon-only transitions from each configuration in +// {@code configs}. +// +// @return {@code configs} if all configurations in {@code configs} are in a +// rule stop state, otherwise return a Newconfiguration set containing only +// the configurations from {@code configs} which are in a rule stop state +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) removeAllConfigsNotInRuleStopState(configs ATNConfigSet, lookToEndOfRule bool) ATNConfigSet { + if PredictionModeallConfigsInRuleStopStates(configs) { + return configs + } + result := NewBaseATNConfigSet(configs.FullContext()) + for _, config := range configs.GetItems() { + if _, ok := config.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok { + result.Add(config, p.mergeCache) + continue + } + if lookToEndOfRule && config.GetState().GetEpsilonOnlyTransitions() { + NextTokens := p.atn.NextTokens(config.GetState(), nil) + if NextTokens.contains(TokenEpsilon) { + endOfRuleState := p.atn.ruleToStopState[config.GetState().GetRuleIndex()] + result.Add(NewBaseATNConfig4(config, endOfRuleState), p.mergeCache) + } + } + } + return result +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) computeStartState(a ATNState, ctx RuleContext, fullCtx bool) ATNConfigSet { + // always at least the implicit call to start rule + initialContext := predictionContextFromRuleContext(p.atn, ctx) + configs := NewBaseATNConfigSet(fullCtx) + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { + fmt.Println("computeStartState from ATN state " + a.String() + + " initialContext=" + initialContext.String()) + } + + for i := 0; i < len(a.GetTransitions()); i++ { + target := a.GetTransitions()[i].getTarget() + c := NewBaseATNConfig6(target, i+1, initialContext) + closureBusy := NewJStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]](atnConfCompInst) + p.closure(c, configs, closureBusy, true, fullCtx, false) + } + return configs +} + +// This method transforms the start state computed by +// {@link //computeStartState} to the special start state used by a +// precedence DFA for a particular precedence value. The transformation +// process applies the following changes to the start state's configuration +// set. +// +//+// The prediction context must be considered by p filter to address +// situations like the following. +//
+//
+//
+// grammar TA
+// prog: statement* EOF
+// statement: letterA | statement letterA 'b'
+// letterA: 'a'
+//
+//
+// +// If the above grammar, the ATN state immediately before the token +// reference {@code 'a'} in {@code letterA} is reachable from the left edge +// of both the primary and closure blocks of the left-recursive rule +// {@code statement}. The prediction context associated with each of these +// configurations distinguishes between them, and prevents the alternative +// which stepped out to {@code prog} (and then back in to {@code statement} +// from being eliminated by the filter. +//
+// +// @param configs The configuration set computed by +// {@link //computeStartState} as the start state for the DFA. +// @return The transformed configuration set representing the start state +// for a precedence DFA at a particular precedence level (determined by +// calling {@link Parser//getPrecedence}). +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) applyPrecedenceFilter(configs ATNConfigSet) ATNConfigSet { + + statesFromAlt1 := make(map[int]PredictionContext) + configSet := NewBaseATNConfigSet(configs.FullContext()) + + for _, config := range configs.GetItems() { + // handle alt 1 first + if config.GetAlt() != 1 { + continue + } + updatedContext := config.GetSemanticContext().evalPrecedence(p.parser, p.outerContext) + if updatedContext == nil { + // the configuration was eliminated + continue + } + statesFromAlt1[config.GetState().GetStateNumber()] = config.GetContext() + if updatedContext != config.GetSemanticContext() { + configSet.Add(NewBaseATNConfig2(config, updatedContext), p.mergeCache) + } else { + configSet.Add(config, p.mergeCache) + } + } + for _, config := range configs.GetItems() { + + if config.GetAlt() == 1 { + // already handled + continue + } + // In the future, p elimination step could be updated to also + // filter the prediction context for alternatives predicting alt>1 + // (basically a graph subtraction algorithm). + if !config.getPrecedenceFilterSuppressed() { + context := statesFromAlt1[config.GetState().GetStateNumber()] + if context != nil && context.Equals(config.GetContext()) { + // eliminated + continue + } + } + configSet.Add(config, p.mergeCache) + } + return configSet +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getReachableTarget(trans Transition, ttype int) ATNState { + if trans.Matches(ttype, 0, p.atn.maxTokenType) { + return trans.getTarget() + } + + return nil +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getPredsForAmbigAlts(ambigAlts *BitSet, configs ATNConfigSet, nalts int) []SemanticContext { + + altToPred := make([]SemanticContext, nalts+1) + for _, c := range configs.GetItems() { + if ambigAlts.contains(c.GetAlt()) { + altToPred[c.GetAlt()] = SemanticContextorContext(altToPred[c.GetAlt()], c.GetSemanticContext()) + } + } + nPredAlts := 0 + for i := 1; i <= nalts; i++ { + pred := altToPred[i] + if pred == nil { + altToPred[i] = SemanticContextNone + } else if pred != SemanticContextNone { + nPredAlts++ + } + } + // nonambig alts are nil in altToPred + if nPredAlts == 0 { + altToPred = nil + } + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("getPredsForAmbigAlts result " + fmt.Sprint(altToPred)) + } + return altToPred +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getPredicatePredictions(ambigAlts *BitSet, altToPred []SemanticContext) []*PredPrediction { + pairs := make([]*PredPrediction, 0) + containsPredicate := false + for i := 1; i < len(altToPred); i++ { + pred := altToPred[i] + // unpredicated is indicated by SemanticContextNONE + if ambigAlts != nil && ambigAlts.contains(i) { + pairs = append(pairs, NewPredPrediction(pred, i)) + } + if pred != SemanticContextNone { + containsPredicate = true + } + } + if !containsPredicate { + return nil + } + return pairs +} + +// This method is used to improve the localization of error messages by +// choosing an alternative rather than panicing a +// {@link NoViableAltException} in particular prediction scenarios where the +// {@link //ERROR} state was reached during ATN simulation. +// +//+// The default implementation of p method uses the following +// algorithm to identify an ATN configuration which successfully parsed the +// decision entry rule. Choosing such an alternative ensures that the +// {@link ParserRuleContext} returned by the calling rule will be complete +// and valid, and the syntax error will be Reported later at a more +// localized location.
+// +//+// In some scenarios, the algorithm described above could predict an +// alternative which will result in a {@link FailedPredicateException} in +// the parser. Specifically, p could occur if the only configuration +// capable of successfully parsing to the end of the decision rule is +// blocked by a semantic predicate. By choosing p alternative within +// {@link //AdaptivePredict} instead of panicing a +// {@link NoViableAltException}, the resulting +// {@link FailedPredicateException} in the parser will identify the specific +// predicate which is preventing the parser from successfully parsing the +// decision rule, which helps developers identify and correct logic errors +// in semantic predicates. +//
+// +// @param configs The ATN configurations which were valid immediately before +// the {@link //ERROR} state was reached +// @param outerContext The is the \gamma_0 initial parser context from the paper +// or the parser stack at the instant before prediction commences. +// +// @return The value to return from {@link //AdaptivePredict}, or +// {@link ATN//INVALID_ALT_NUMBER} if a suitable alternative was not +// identified and {@link //AdaptivePredict} should Report an error instead. +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getSynValidOrSemInvalidAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(configs ATNConfigSet, outerContext ParserRuleContext) int { + cfgs := p.splitAccordingToSemanticValidity(configs, outerContext) + semValidConfigs := cfgs[0] + semInvalidConfigs := cfgs[1] + alt := p.GetAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(semValidConfigs) + if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { // semantically/syntactically viable path exists + return alt + } + // Is there a syntactically valid path with a failed pred? + if len(semInvalidConfigs.GetItems()) > 0 { + alt = p.GetAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(semInvalidConfigs) + if alt != ATNInvalidAltNumber { // syntactically viable path exists + return alt + } + } + return ATNInvalidAltNumber +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) GetAltThatFinishedDecisionEntryRule(configs ATNConfigSet) int { + alts := NewIntervalSet() + + for _, c := range configs.GetItems() { + _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState) + + if c.GetReachesIntoOuterContext() > 0 || (ok && c.GetContext().hasEmptyPath()) { + alts.addOne(c.GetAlt()) + } + } + if alts.length() == 0 { + return ATNInvalidAltNumber + } + + return alts.first() +} + +// Walk the list of configurations and split them according to +// those that have preds evaluating to true/false. If no pred, assume +// true pred and include in succeeded set. Returns Pair of sets. +// +// Create a NewSet so as not to alter the incoming parameter. +// +// Assumption: the input stream has been restored to the starting point +// prediction, which is where predicates need to evaluate. + +type ATNConfigSetPair struct { + item0, item1 ATNConfigSet +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) splitAccordingToSemanticValidity(configs ATNConfigSet, outerContext ParserRuleContext) []ATNConfigSet { + succeeded := NewBaseATNConfigSet(configs.FullContext()) + failed := NewBaseATNConfigSet(configs.FullContext()) + + for _, c := range configs.GetItems() { + if c.GetSemanticContext() != SemanticContextNone { + predicateEvaluationResult := c.GetSemanticContext().evaluate(p.parser, outerContext) + if predicateEvaluationResult { + succeeded.Add(c, nil) + } else { + failed.Add(c, nil) + } + } else { + succeeded.Add(c, nil) + } + } + return []ATNConfigSet{succeeded, failed} +} + +// Look through a list of predicate/alt pairs, returning alts for the +// +// pairs that win. A {@code NONE} predicate indicates an alt containing an +// unpredicated config which behaves as "always true." If !complete +// then we stop at the first predicate that evaluates to true. This +// includes pairs with nil predicates. +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) evalSemanticContext(predPredictions []*PredPrediction, outerContext ParserRuleContext, complete bool) *BitSet { + predictions := NewBitSet() + for i := 0; i < len(predPredictions); i++ { + pair := predPredictions[i] + if pair.pred == SemanticContextNone { + predictions.add(pair.alt) + if !complete { + break + } + continue + } + + predicateEvaluationResult := pair.pred.evaluate(p.parser, outerContext) + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorDFADebug { + fmt.Println("eval pred " + pair.String() + "=" + fmt.Sprint(predicateEvaluationResult)) + } + if predicateEvaluationResult { + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorDFADebug { + fmt.Println("PREDICT " + fmt.Sprint(pair.alt)) + } + predictions.add(pair.alt) + if !complete { + break + } + } + } + return predictions +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) closure(config ATNConfig, configs ATNConfigSet, closureBusy *JStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]], collectPredicates, fullCtx, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) { + initialDepth := 0 + p.closureCheckingStopState(config, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, + fullCtx, initialDepth, treatEOFAsEpsilon) +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) closureCheckingStopState(config ATNConfig, configs ATNConfigSet, closureBusy *JStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]], collectPredicates, fullCtx bool, depth int, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) { + if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { + fmt.Println("closure(" + config.String() + ")") + //fmt.Println("configs(" + configs.String() + ")") + if config.GetReachesIntoOuterContext() > 50 { + panic("problem") + } + } + + if _, ok := config.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok { + // We hit rule end. If we have context info, use it + // run thru all possible stack tops in ctx + if !config.GetContext().isEmpty() { + for i := 0; i < config.GetContext().length(); i++ { + if config.GetContext().getReturnState(i) == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState { + if fullCtx { + configs.Add(NewBaseATNConfig1(config, config.GetState(), BasePredictionContextEMPTY), p.mergeCache) + continue + } else { + // we have no context info, just chase follow links (if greedy) + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("FALLING off rule " + p.getRuleName(config.GetState().GetRuleIndex())) + } + p.closureWork(config, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth, treatEOFAsEpsilon) + } + continue + } + returnState := p.atn.states[config.GetContext().getReturnState(i)] + newContext := config.GetContext().GetParent(i) // "pop" return state + + c := NewBaseATNConfig5(returnState, config.GetAlt(), newContext, config.GetSemanticContext()) + // While we have context to pop back from, we may have + // gotten that context AFTER having falling off a rule. + // Make sure we track that we are now out of context. + c.SetReachesIntoOuterContext(config.GetReachesIntoOuterContext()) + p.closureCheckingStopState(c, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth-1, treatEOFAsEpsilon) + } + return + } else if fullCtx { + // reached end of start rule + configs.Add(config, p.mergeCache) + return + } else { + // else if we have no context info, just chase follow links (if greedy) + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("FALLING off rule " + p.getRuleName(config.GetState().GetRuleIndex())) + } + } + } + p.closureWork(config, configs, closureBusy, collectPredicates, fullCtx, depth, treatEOFAsEpsilon) +} + +// Do the actual work of walking epsilon edges// +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) closureWork(config ATNConfig, configs ATNConfigSet, closureBusy *JStore[ATNConfig, Comparator[ATNConfig]], collectPredicates, fullCtx bool, depth int, treatEOFAsEpsilon bool) { + state := config.GetState() + // optimization + if !state.GetEpsilonOnlyTransitions() { + configs.Add(config, p.mergeCache) + // make sure to not return here, because EOF transitions can act as + // both epsilon transitions and non-epsilon transitions. + } + for i := 0; i < len(state.GetTransitions()); i++ { + if i == 0 && p.canDropLoopEntryEdgeInLeftRecursiveRule(config) { + continue + } + + t := state.GetTransitions()[i] + _, ok := t.(*ActionTransition) + continueCollecting := collectPredicates && !ok + c := p.getEpsilonTarget(config, t, continueCollecting, depth == 0, fullCtx, treatEOFAsEpsilon) + if ci, ok := c.(*BaseATNConfig); ok && ci != nil { + newDepth := depth + + if _, ok := config.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok { + // target fell off end of rule mark resulting c as having dipped into outer context + // We can't get here if incoming config was rule stop and we had context + // track how far we dip into outer context. Might + // come in handy and we avoid evaluating context dependent + // preds if p is > 0. + + if p.dfa != nil && p.dfa.getPrecedenceDfa() { + if t.(*EpsilonTransition).outermostPrecedenceReturn == p.dfa.atnStartState.GetRuleIndex() { + c.setPrecedenceFilterSuppressed(true) + } + } + + c.SetReachesIntoOuterContext(c.GetReachesIntoOuterContext() + 1) + + _, present := closureBusy.Put(c) + if present { + // avoid infinite recursion for right-recursive rules + continue + } + + configs.SetDipsIntoOuterContext(true) // TODO: can remove? only care when we add to set per middle of p method + newDepth-- + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("dips into outer ctx: " + c.String()) + } + } else { + + if !t.getIsEpsilon() { + _, present := closureBusy.Put(c) + if present { + // avoid infinite recursion for EOF* and EOF+ + continue + } + } + if _, ok := t.(*RuleTransition); ok { + // latch when newDepth goes negative - once we step out of the entry context we can't return + if newDepth >= 0 { + newDepth++ + } + } + } + p.closureCheckingStopState(c, configs, closureBusy, continueCollecting, fullCtx, newDepth, treatEOFAsEpsilon) + } + } +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) canDropLoopEntryEdgeInLeftRecursiveRule(config ATNConfig) bool { + if TurnOffLRLoopEntryBranchOpt { + return false + } + + _p := config.GetState() + + // First check to see if we are in StarLoopEntryState generated during + // left-recursion elimination. For efficiency, also check if + // the context has an empty stack case. If so, it would mean + // global FOLLOW so we can't perform optimization + if _p.GetStateType() != ATNStateStarLoopEntry { + return false + } + startLoop, ok := _p.(*StarLoopEntryState) + if !ok { + return false + } + if !startLoop.precedenceRuleDecision || + config.GetContext().isEmpty() || + config.GetContext().hasEmptyPath() { + return false + } + + // Require all return states to return back to the same rule + // that p is in. + numCtxs := config.GetContext().length() + for i := 0; i < numCtxs; i++ { + returnState := p.atn.states[config.GetContext().getReturnState(i)] + if returnState.GetRuleIndex() != _p.GetRuleIndex() { + return false + } + } + x := _p.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget() + decisionStartState := x.(BlockStartState) + blockEndStateNum := decisionStartState.getEndState().stateNumber + blockEndState := p.atn.states[blockEndStateNum].(*BlockEndState) + + // Verify that the top of each stack context leads to loop entry/exit + // state through epsilon edges and w/o leaving rule. + + for i := 0; i < numCtxs; i++ { // for each stack context + returnStateNumber := config.GetContext().getReturnState(i) + returnState := p.atn.states[returnStateNumber] + + // all states must have single outgoing epsilon edge + if len(returnState.GetTransitions()) != 1 || !returnState.GetTransitions()[0].getIsEpsilon() { + return false + } + + // Look for prefix op case like 'not expr', (' type ')' expr + returnStateTarget := returnState.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget() + if returnState.GetStateType() == ATNStateBlockEnd && returnStateTarget == _p { + continue + } + + // Look for 'expr op expr' or case where expr's return state is block end + // of (...)* internal block; the block end points to loop back + // which points to p but we don't need to check that + if returnState == blockEndState { + continue + } + + // Look for ternary expr ? expr : expr. The return state points at block end, + // which points at loop entry state + if returnStateTarget == blockEndState { + continue + } + + // Look for complex prefix 'between expr and expr' case where 2nd expr's + // return state points at block end state of (...)* internal block + if returnStateTarget.GetStateType() == ATNStateBlockEnd && + len(returnStateTarget.GetTransitions()) == 1 && + returnStateTarget.GetTransitions()[0].getIsEpsilon() && + returnStateTarget.GetTransitions()[0].getTarget() == _p { + continue + } + + // anything else ain't conforming + return false + } + + return true +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) getRuleName(index int) string { + if p.parser != nil && index >= 0 { + return p.parser.GetRuleNames()[index] + } + var sb strings.Builder + sb.Grow(32) + + sb.WriteString("If {@code to} is {@code nil}, p method returns {@code nil}. +// Otherwise, p method returns the {@link DFAState} returned by calling +// {@link //addDFAState} for the {@code to} state.
+// +// @param dfa The DFA +// @param from The source state for the edge +// @param t The input symbol +// @param to The target state for the edge +// +// @return If {@code to} is {@code nil}, p method returns {@code nil} +// otherwise p method returns the result of calling {@link //addDFAState} +// on {@code to} +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) addDFAEdge(dfa *DFA, from *DFAState, t int, to *DFAState) *DFAState { + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + fmt.Println("EDGE " + from.String() + " -> " + to.String() + " upon " + p.GetTokenName(t)) + } + if to == nil { + return nil + } + p.atn.stateMu.Lock() + to = p.addDFAState(dfa, to) // used existing if possible not incoming + p.atn.stateMu.Unlock() + if from == nil || t < -1 || t > p.atn.maxTokenType { + return to + } + p.atn.edgeMu.Lock() + if from.getEdges() == nil { + from.setEdges(make([]*DFAState, p.atn.maxTokenType+1+1)) + } + from.setIthEdge(t+1, to) // connect + p.atn.edgeMu.Unlock() + + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug { + var names []string + if p.parser != nil { + names = p.parser.GetLiteralNames() + } + + fmt.Println("DFA=\n" + dfa.String(names, nil)) + } + return to +} + +// Add state {@code D} to the DFA if it is not already present, and return +// the actual instance stored in the DFA. If a state equivalent to {@code D} +// is already in the DFA, the existing state is returned. Otherwise p +// method returns {@code D} after adding it to the DFA. +// +//If {@code D} is {@link //ERROR}, p method returns {@link //ERROR} and +// does not change the DFA.
+// +// @param dfa The dfa +// @param D The DFA state to add +// @return The state stored in the DFA. This will be either the existing +// state if {@code D} is already in the DFA, or {@code D} itself if the +// state was not already present. +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) addDFAState(dfa *DFA, d *DFAState) *DFAState { + if d == ATNSimulatorError { + return d + } + existing, present := dfa.states.Get(d) + if present { + if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { + fmt.Print("addDFAState " + d.String() + " exists") + } + return existing + } + + // The state was not present, so update it with configs + // + d.stateNumber = dfa.states.Len() + if !d.configs.ReadOnly() { + d.configs.OptimizeConfigs(p.BaseATNSimulator) + d.configs.SetReadOnly(true) + } + dfa.states.Put(d) + if ParserATNSimulatorTraceATNSim { + fmt.Println("addDFAState new " + d.String()) + } + + return d +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportAttemptingFullContext(dfa *DFA, conflictingAlts *BitSet, configs ATNConfigSet, startIndex, stopIndex int) { + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug { + interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1) + fmt.Println("ReportAttemptingFullContext decision=" + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + ":" + configs.String() + + ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval)) + } + if p.parser != nil { + p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportAttemptingFullContext(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, conflictingAlts, configs) + } +} + +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportContextSensitivity(dfa *DFA, prediction int, configs ATNConfigSet, startIndex, stopIndex int) { + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug { + interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1) + fmt.Println("ReportContextSensitivity decision=" + strconv.Itoa(dfa.decision) + ":" + configs.String() + + ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval)) + } + if p.parser != nil { + p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportContextSensitivity(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, prediction, configs) + } +} + +// If context sensitive parsing, we know it's ambiguity not conflict// +func (p *ParserATNSimulator) ReportAmbiguity(dfa *DFA, D *DFAState, startIndex, stopIndex int, + exact bool, ambigAlts *BitSet, configs ATNConfigSet) { + if ParserATNSimulatorDebug || ParserATNSimulatorRetryDebug { + interval := NewInterval(startIndex, stopIndex+1) + fmt.Println("ReportAmbiguity " + ambigAlts.String() + ":" + configs.String() + + ", input=" + p.parser.GetTokenStream().GetTextFromInterval(interval)) + } + if p.parser != nil { + p.parser.GetErrorListenerDispatch().ReportAmbiguity(p.parser, dfa, startIndex, stopIndex, exact, ambigAlts, configs) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1c8cee74795e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/parser_rule_context.go @@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "reflect" + "strconv" +) + +type ParserRuleContext interface { + RuleContext + + SetException(RecognitionException) + + AddTokenNode(token Token) *TerminalNodeImpl + AddErrorNode(badToken Token) *ErrorNodeImpl + + EnterRule(listener ParseTreeListener) + ExitRule(listener ParseTreeListener) + + SetStart(Token) + GetStart() Token + + SetStop(Token) + GetStop() Token + + AddChild(child RuleContext) RuleContext + RemoveLastChild() +} + +type BaseParserRuleContext struct { + *BaseRuleContext + + start, stop Token + exception RecognitionException + children []Tree +} + +func NewBaseParserRuleContext(parent ParserRuleContext, invokingStateNumber int) *BaseParserRuleContext { + prc := new(BaseParserRuleContext) + + prc.BaseRuleContext = NewBaseRuleContext(parent, invokingStateNumber) + + prc.RuleIndex = -1 + // * If we are debugging or building a parse tree for a Visitor, + // we need to track all of the tokens and rule invocations associated + // with prc rule's context. This is empty for parsing w/o tree constr. + // operation because we don't the need to track the details about + // how we parse prc rule. + // / + prc.children = nil + prc.start = nil + prc.stop = nil + // The exception that forced prc rule to return. If the rule successfully + // completed, prc is {@code nil}. + prc.exception = nil + + return prc +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) SetException(e RecognitionException) { + prc.exception = e +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetChildren() []Tree { + return prc.children +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) CopyFrom(ctx *BaseParserRuleContext) { + // from RuleContext + prc.parentCtx = ctx.parentCtx + prc.invokingState = ctx.invokingState + prc.children = nil + prc.start = ctx.start + prc.stop = ctx.stop +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetText() string { + if prc.GetChildCount() == 0 { + return "" + } + + var s string + for _, child := range prc.children { + s += child.(ParseTree).GetText() + } + + return s +} + +// Double dispatch methods for listeners +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) EnterRule(listener ParseTreeListener) { +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) ExitRule(listener ParseTreeListener) { +} + +// * Does not set parent link other add methods do that/// +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) addTerminalNodeChild(child TerminalNode) TerminalNode { + if prc.children == nil { + prc.children = make([]Tree, 0) + } + if child == nil { + panic("Child may not be null") + } + prc.children = append(prc.children, child) + return child +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) AddChild(child RuleContext) RuleContext { + if prc.children == nil { + prc.children = make([]Tree, 0) + } + if child == nil { + panic("Child may not be null") + } + prc.children = append(prc.children, child) + return child +} + +// * Used by EnterOuterAlt to toss out a RuleContext previously added as +// we entered a rule. If we have // label, we will need to remove +// generic ruleContext object. +// / +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) RemoveLastChild() { + if prc.children != nil && len(prc.children) > 0 { + prc.children = prc.children[0 : len(prc.children)-1] + } +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) AddTokenNode(token Token) *TerminalNodeImpl { + + node := NewTerminalNodeImpl(token) + prc.addTerminalNodeChild(node) + node.parentCtx = prc + return node + +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) AddErrorNode(badToken Token) *ErrorNodeImpl { + node := NewErrorNodeImpl(badToken) + prc.addTerminalNodeChild(node) + node.parentCtx = prc + return node +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetChild(i int) Tree { + if prc.children != nil && len(prc.children) >= i { + return prc.children[i] + } + + return nil +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetChildOfType(i int, childType reflect.Type) RuleContext { + if childType == nil { + return prc.GetChild(i).(RuleContext) + } + + for j := 0; j < len(prc.children); j++ { + child := prc.children[j] + if reflect.TypeOf(child) == childType { + if i == 0 { + return child.(RuleContext) + } + + i-- + } + } + + return nil +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) ToStringTree(ruleNames []string, recog Recognizer) string { + return TreesStringTree(prc, ruleNames, recog) +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetRuleContext() RuleContext { + return prc +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) Accept(visitor ParseTreeVisitor) interface{} { + return visitor.VisitChildren(prc) +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) SetStart(t Token) { + prc.start = t +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetStart() Token { + return prc.start +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) SetStop(t Token) { + prc.stop = t +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetStop() Token { + return prc.stop +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetToken(ttype int, i int) TerminalNode { + + for j := 0; j < len(prc.children); j++ { + child := prc.children[j] + if c2, ok := child.(TerminalNode); ok { + if c2.GetSymbol().GetTokenType() == ttype { + if i == 0 { + return c2 + } + + i-- + } + } + } + return nil +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetTokens(ttype int) []TerminalNode { + if prc.children == nil { + return make([]TerminalNode, 0) + } + + tokens := make([]TerminalNode, 0) + + for j := 0; j < len(prc.children); j++ { + child := prc.children[j] + if tchild, ok := child.(TerminalNode); ok { + if tchild.GetSymbol().GetTokenType() == ttype { + tokens = append(tokens, tchild) + } + } + } + + return tokens +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetPayload() interface{} { + return prc +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) getChild(ctxType reflect.Type, i int) RuleContext { + if prc.children == nil || i < 0 || i >= len(prc.children) { + return nil + } + + j := -1 // what element have we found with ctxType? + for _, o := range prc.children { + + childType := reflect.TypeOf(o) + + if childType.Implements(ctxType) { + j++ + if j == i { + return o.(RuleContext) + } + } + } + return nil +} + +// Go lacks generics, so it's not possible for us to return the child with the correct type, but we do +// check for convertibility + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetTypedRuleContext(ctxType reflect.Type, i int) RuleContext { + return prc.getChild(ctxType, i) +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetTypedRuleContexts(ctxType reflect.Type) []RuleContext { + if prc.children == nil { + return make([]RuleContext, 0) + } + + contexts := make([]RuleContext, 0) + + for _, child := range prc.children { + childType := reflect.TypeOf(child) + + if childType.ConvertibleTo(ctxType) { + contexts = append(contexts, child.(RuleContext)) + } + } + return contexts +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetChildCount() int { + if prc.children == nil { + return 0 + } + + return len(prc.children) +} + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) GetSourceInterval() *Interval { + if prc.start == nil || prc.stop == nil { + return TreeInvalidInterval + } + + return NewInterval(prc.start.GetTokenIndex(), prc.stop.GetTokenIndex()) +} + +//need to manage circular dependencies, so export now + +// Print out a whole tree, not just a node, in LISP format +// (root child1 .. childN). Print just a node if b is a leaf. +// + +func (prc *BaseParserRuleContext) String(ruleNames []string, stop RuleContext) string { + + var p ParserRuleContext = prc + s := "[" + for p != nil && p != stop { + if ruleNames == nil { + if !p.IsEmpty() { + s += strconv.Itoa(p.GetInvokingState()) + } + } else { + ri := p.GetRuleIndex() + var ruleName string + if ri >= 0 && ri < len(ruleNames) { + ruleName = ruleNames[ri] + } else { + ruleName = strconv.Itoa(ri) + } + s += ruleName + } + if p.GetParent() != nil && (ruleNames != nil || !p.GetParent().(ParserRuleContext).IsEmpty()) { + s += " " + } + pi := p.GetParent() + if pi != nil { + p = pi.(ParserRuleContext) + } else { + p = nil + } + } + s += "]" + return s +} + +var ParserRuleContextEmpty = NewBaseParserRuleContext(nil, -1) + +type InterpreterRuleContext interface { + ParserRuleContext +} + +type BaseInterpreterRuleContext struct { + *BaseParserRuleContext +} + +func NewBaseInterpreterRuleContext(parent BaseInterpreterRuleContext, invokingStateNumber, ruleIndex int) *BaseInterpreterRuleContext { + + prc := new(BaseInterpreterRuleContext) + + prc.BaseParserRuleContext = NewBaseParserRuleContext(parent, invokingStateNumber) + + prc.RuleIndex = ruleIndex + + return prc +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ba62af361086 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/prediction_context.go @@ -0,0 +1,806 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "fmt" + "golang.org/x/exp/slices" + "strconv" +) + +// Represents {@code $} in local context prediction, which means wildcard. +// {@code//+x =//}. +// / +const ( + BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState = 0x7FFFFFFF +) + +// Represents {@code $} in an array in full context mode, when {@code $} +// doesn't mean wildcard: {@code $ + x = [$,x]}. Here, +// {@code $} = {@link //EmptyReturnState}. +// / + +var ( + BasePredictionContextglobalNodeCount = 1 + BasePredictionContextid = BasePredictionContextglobalNodeCount +) + +type PredictionContext interface { + Hash() int + Equals(interface{}) bool + GetParent(int) PredictionContext + getReturnState(int) int + length() int + isEmpty() bool + hasEmptyPath() bool + String() string +} + +type BasePredictionContext struct { + cachedHash int +} + +func NewBasePredictionContext(cachedHash int) *BasePredictionContext { + pc := new(BasePredictionContext) + pc.cachedHash = cachedHash + + return pc +} + +func (b *BasePredictionContext) isEmpty() bool { + return false +} + +func calculateHash(parent PredictionContext, returnState int) int { + h := murmurInit(1) + h = murmurUpdate(h, parent.Hash()) + h = murmurUpdate(h, returnState) + return murmurFinish(h, 2) +} + +var _emptyPredictionContextHash int + +func init() { + _emptyPredictionContextHash = murmurInit(1) + _emptyPredictionContextHash = murmurFinish(_emptyPredictionContextHash, 0) +} + +func calculateEmptyHash() int { + return _emptyPredictionContextHash +} + +// Used to cache {@link BasePredictionContext} objects. Its used for the shared +// context cash associated with contexts in DFA states. This cache +// can be used for both lexers and parsers. + +type PredictionContextCache struct { + cache map[PredictionContext]PredictionContext +} + +func NewPredictionContextCache() *PredictionContextCache { + t := new(PredictionContextCache) + t.cache = make(map[PredictionContext]PredictionContext) + return t +} + +// Add a context to the cache and return it. If the context already exists, +// return that one instead and do not add a Newcontext to the cache. +// Protect shared cache from unsafe thread access. +func (p *PredictionContextCache) add(ctx PredictionContext) PredictionContext { + if ctx == BasePredictionContextEMPTY { + return BasePredictionContextEMPTY + } + existing := p.cache[ctx] + if existing != nil { + return existing + } + p.cache[ctx] = ctx + return ctx +} + +func (p *PredictionContextCache) Get(ctx PredictionContext) PredictionContext { + return p.cache[ctx] +} + +func (p *PredictionContextCache) length() int { + return len(p.cache) +} + +type SingletonPredictionContext interface { + PredictionContext +} + +type BaseSingletonPredictionContext struct { + *BasePredictionContext + + parentCtx PredictionContext + returnState int +} + +func NewBaseSingletonPredictionContext(parent PredictionContext, returnState int) *BaseSingletonPredictionContext { + var cachedHash int + if parent != nil { + cachedHash = calculateHash(parent, returnState) + } else { + cachedHash = calculateEmptyHash() + } + + s := new(BaseSingletonPredictionContext) + s.BasePredictionContext = NewBasePredictionContext(cachedHash) + + s.parentCtx = parent + s.returnState = returnState + + return s +} + +func SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(parent PredictionContext, returnState int) PredictionContext { + if returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState && parent == nil { + // someone can pass in the bits of an array ctx that mean $ + return BasePredictionContextEMPTY + } + + return NewBaseSingletonPredictionContext(parent, returnState) +} + +func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) length() int { + return 1 +} + +func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) GetParent(index int) PredictionContext { + return b.parentCtx +} + +func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) getReturnState(index int) int { + return b.returnState +} + +func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) hasEmptyPath() bool { + return b.returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState +} + +func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) Hash() int { + return b.cachedHash +} + +func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) Equals(other interface{}) bool { + if b == other { + return true + } + if _, ok := other.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext); !ok { + return false + } + + otherP := other.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext) + + if b.returnState != otherP.getReturnState(0) { + return false + } + if b.parentCtx == nil { + return otherP.parentCtx == nil + } + + return b.parentCtx.Equals(otherP.parentCtx) +} + +func (b *BaseSingletonPredictionContext) String() string { + var up string + + if b.parentCtx == nil { + up = "" + } else { + up = b.parentCtx.String() + } + + if len(up) == 0 { + if b.returnState == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState { + return "$" + } + + return strconv.Itoa(b.returnState) + } + + return strconv.Itoa(b.returnState) + " " + up +} + +var BasePredictionContextEMPTY = NewEmptyPredictionContext() + +type EmptyPredictionContext struct { + *BaseSingletonPredictionContext +} + +func NewEmptyPredictionContext() *EmptyPredictionContext { + + p := new(EmptyPredictionContext) + + p.BaseSingletonPredictionContext = NewBaseSingletonPredictionContext(nil, BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState) + p.cachedHash = calculateEmptyHash() + return p +} + +func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) isEmpty() bool { + return true +} + +func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) GetParent(index int) PredictionContext { + return nil +} + +func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) getReturnState(index int) int { + return e.returnState +} + +func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) Hash() int { + return e.cachedHash +} + +func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) Equals(other interface{}) bool { + return e == other +} + +func (e *EmptyPredictionContext) String() string { + return "$" +} + +type ArrayPredictionContext struct { + *BasePredictionContext + + parents []PredictionContext + returnStates []int +} + +func NewArrayPredictionContext(parents []PredictionContext, returnStates []int) *ArrayPredictionContext { + // Parent can be nil only if full ctx mode and we make an array + // from {@link //EMPTY} and non-empty. We merge {@link //EMPTY} by using + // nil parent and + // returnState == {@link //EmptyReturnState}. + hash := murmurInit(1) + + for _, parent := range parents { + hash = murmurUpdate(hash, parent.Hash()) + } + + for _, returnState := range returnStates { + hash = murmurUpdate(hash, returnState) + } + + hash = murmurFinish(hash, len(parents)<<1) + + c := new(ArrayPredictionContext) + c.BasePredictionContext = NewBasePredictionContext(hash) + + c.parents = parents + c.returnStates = returnStates + + return c +} + +func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) GetReturnStates() []int { + return a.returnStates +} + +func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) hasEmptyPath() bool { + return a.getReturnState(a.length()-1) == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState +} + +func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) isEmpty() bool { + // since EmptyReturnState can only appear in the last position, we + // don't need to verify that size==1 + return a.returnStates[0] == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState +} + +func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) length() int { + return len(a.returnStates) +} + +func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) GetParent(index int) PredictionContext { + return a.parents[index] +} + +func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) getReturnState(index int) int { + return a.returnStates[index] +} + +// Equals is the default comparison function for ArrayPredictionContext when no specialized +// implementation is needed for a collection +func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) Equals(o interface{}) bool { + if a == o { + return true + } + other, ok := o.(*ArrayPredictionContext) + if !ok { + return false + } + if a.cachedHash != other.Hash() { + return false // can't be same if hash is different + } + + // Must compare the actual array elements and not just the array address + // + return slices.Equal(a.returnStates, other.returnStates) && + slices.EqualFunc(a.parents, other.parents, func(x, y PredictionContext) bool { + return x.Equals(y) + }) +} + +// Hash is the default hash function for ArrayPredictionContext when no specialized +// implementation is needed for a collection +func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) Hash() int { + return a.BasePredictionContext.cachedHash +} + +func (a *ArrayPredictionContext) String() string { + if a.isEmpty() { + return "[]" + } + + s := "[" + for i := 0; i < len(a.returnStates); i++ { + if i > 0 { + s = s + ", " + } + if a.returnStates[i] == BasePredictionContextEmptyReturnState { + s = s + "$" + continue + } + s = s + strconv.Itoa(a.returnStates[i]) + if a.parents[i] != nil { + s = s + " " + a.parents[i].String() + } else { + s = s + "nil" + } + } + + return s + "]" +} + +// Convert a {@link RuleContext} tree to a {@link BasePredictionContext} graph. +// Return {@link //EMPTY} if {@code outerContext} is empty or nil. +// / +func predictionContextFromRuleContext(a *ATN, outerContext RuleContext) PredictionContext { + if outerContext == nil { + outerContext = ParserRuleContextEmpty + } + // if we are in RuleContext of start rule, s, then BasePredictionContext + // is EMPTY. Nobody called us. (if we are empty, return empty) + if outerContext.GetParent() == nil || outerContext == ParserRuleContextEmpty { + return BasePredictionContextEMPTY + } + // If we have a parent, convert it to a BasePredictionContext graph + parent := predictionContextFromRuleContext(a, outerContext.GetParent().(RuleContext)) + state := a.states[outerContext.GetInvokingState()] + transition := state.GetTransitions()[0] + + return SingletonBasePredictionContextCreate(parent, transition.(*RuleTransition).followState.GetStateNumber()) +} + +func merge(a, b PredictionContext, rootIsWildcard bool, mergeCache *DoubleDict) PredictionContext { + + // Share same graph if both same + // + if a == b || a.Equals(b) { + return a + } + + // In Java, EmptyPredictionContext inherits from SingletonPredictionContext, and so the test + // in java for SingletonPredictionContext will succeed and a new ArrayPredictionContext will be created + // from it. + // In go, EmptyPredictionContext does not equate to SingletonPredictionContext and so that conversion + // will fail. We need to test for both Empty and Singleton and create an ArrayPredictionContext from + // either of them. + + ac, ok1 := a.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext) + bc, ok2 := b.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext) + + if ok1 && ok2 { + return mergeSingletons(ac, bc, rootIsWildcard, mergeCache) + } + // At least one of a or b is array + // If one is $ and rootIsWildcard, return $ as// wildcard + if rootIsWildcard { + if _, ok := a.(*EmptyPredictionContext); ok { + return a + } + if _, ok := b.(*EmptyPredictionContext); ok { + return b + } + } + + // Convert Singleton or Empty so both are arrays to normalize - We should not use the existing parameters + // here. + // + // TODO: I think that maybe the Prediction Context structs should be redone as there is a chance we will see this mess again - maybe redo the logic here + + var arp, arb *ArrayPredictionContext + var ok bool + if arp, ok = a.(*ArrayPredictionContext); ok { + } else if _, ok = a.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext); ok { + arp = NewArrayPredictionContext([]PredictionContext{a.GetParent(0)}, []int{a.getReturnState(0)}) + } else if _, ok = a.(*EmptyPredictionContext); ok { + arp = NewArrayPredictionContext([]PredictionContext{}, []int{}) + } + + if arb, ok = b.(*ArrayPredictionContext); ok { + } else if _, ok = b.(*BaseSingletonPredictionContext); ok { + arb = NewArrayPredictionContext([]PredictionContext{b.GetParent(0)}, []int{b.getReturnState(0)}) + } else if _, ok = b.(*EmptyPredictionContext); ok { + arb = NewArrayPredictionContext([]PredictionContext{}, []int{}) + } + + // Both arp and arb + return mergeArrays(arp, arb, rootIsWildcard, mergeCache) +} + +// Merge two {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext} instances. +// +//Stack tops equal, parents merge is same return left graph.
+//
Same stack top, parents differ merge parents giving array node, then
+// remainders of those graphs. A Newroot node is created to point to the
+// merged parents.
+//
Different stack tops pointing to same parent. Make array node for the
+// root where both element in the root point to the same (original)
+// parent.
+//
Different stack tops pointing to different parents. Make array node for
+// the root where each element points to the corresponding original
+// parent.
+//
These local-context merge operations are used when {@code rootIsWildcard} +// is true.
+// +//{@link //EMPTY} is superset of any graph return {@link //EMPTY}.
+//
{@link //EMPTY} and anything is {@code //EMPTY}, so merged parent is
+// {@code //EMPTY} return left graph.
+//
Special case of last merge if local context.
+//
These full-context merge operations are used when {@code rootIsWildcard} +// is false.
+// +// +// +//Must keep all contexts {@link //EMPTY} in array is a special value (and
+// nil parent).
+//
Different tops, different parents.
+//
Shared top, same parents.
+//
Shared top, different parents.
+//
Shared top, all shared parents.
+//
Equal tops, merge parents and reduce top to
+// {@link SingletonBasePredictionContext}.
+//
+ // When using this prediction mode, the parser will either return a correct + // parse tree (i.e. the same parse tree that would be returned with the + // {@link //LL} prediction mode), or it will Report a syntax error. If a + // syntax error is encountered when using the {@link //SLL} prediction mode, + // it may be due to either an actual syntax error in the input or indicate + // that the particular combination of grammar and input requires the more + // powerful {@link //LL} prediction abilities to complete successfully.
+ // + //+ // This prediction mode does not provide any guarantees for prediction + // behavior for syntactically-incorrect inputs.
+ // + PredictionModeSLL = 0 + // + // The LL(*) prediction mode. This prediction mode allows the current parser + // context to be used for resolving SLL conflicts that occur during + // prediction. This is the fastest prediction mode that guarantees correct + // parse results for all combinations of grammars with syntactically correct + // inputs. + // + //+ // When using this prediction mode, the parser will make correct decisions + // for all syntactically-correct grammar and input combinations. However, in + // cases where the grammar is truly ambiguous this prediction mode might not + // Report a precise answer for exactly which alternatives are + // ambiguous.
+ // + //+ // This prediction mode does not provide any guarantees for prediction + // behavior for syntactically-incorrect inputs.
+ // + PredictionModeLL = 1 + // + // The LL(*) prediction mode with exact ambiguity detection. In addition to + // the correctness guarantees provided by the {@link //LL} prediction mode, + // this prediction mode instructs the prediction algorithm to determine the + // complete and exact set of ambiguous alternatives for every ambiguous + // decision encountered while parsing. + // + //+ // This prediction mode may be used for diagnosing ambiguities during + // grammar development. Due to the performance overhead of calculating sets + // of ambiguous alternatives, this prediction mode should be avoided when + // the exact results are not necessary.
+ // + //+ // This prediction mode does not provide any guarantees for prediction + // behavior for syntactically-incorrect inputs.
+ // + PredictionModeLLExactAmbigDetection = 2 +) + +// Computes the SLL prediction termination condition. +// +//+// This method computes the SLL prediction termination condition for both of +// the following cases.
+// +//COMBINED SLL+LL PARSING
+// +//When LL-fallback is enabled upon SLL conflict, correct predictions are +// ensured regardless of how the termination condition is computed by this +// method. Due to the substantially higher cost of LL prediction, the +// prediction should only fall back to LL when the additional lookahead +// cannot lead to a unique SLL prediction.
+// +//Assuming combined SLL+LL parsing, an SLL configuration set with only +// conflicting subsets should fall back to full LL, even if the +// configuration sets don't resolve to the same alternative (e.g. +// {@code {1,2}} and {@code {3,4}}. If there is at least one non-conflicting +// configuration, SLL could continue with the hopes that more lookahead will +// resolve via one of those non-conflicting configurations.
+// +//Here's the prediction termination rule them: SLL (for SLL+LL parsing) +// stops when it sees only conflicting configuration subsets. In contrast, +// full LL keeps going when there is uncertainty.
+// +//HEURISTIC
+// +//As a heuristic, we stop prediction when we see any conflicting subset +// unless we see a state that only has one alternative associated with it. +// The single-alt-state thing lets prediction continue upon rules like +// (otherwise, it would admit defeat too soon):
+// +//{@code [12|1|[], 6|2|[], 12|2|[]]. s : (ID | ID ID?) ” }
+// +//When the ATN simulation reaches the state before {@code ”}, it has a +// DFA state that looks like: {@code [12|1|[], 6|2|[], 12|2|[]]}. Naturally +// {@code 12|1|[]} and {@code 12|2|[]} conflict, but we cannot stop +// processing this node because alternative to has another way to continue, +// via {@code [6|2|[]]}.
+// +//It also let's us continue for this rule:
+// +//{@code [1|1|[], 1|2|[], 8|3|[]] a : A | A | A B }
+// +//After Matching input A, we reach the stop state for rule A, state 1. +// State 8 is the state right before B. Clearly alternatives 1 and 2 +// conflict and no amount of further lookahead will separate the two. +// However, alternative 3 will be able to continue and so we do not stop +// working on this state. In the previous example, we're concerned with +// states associated with the conflicting alternatives. Here alt 3 is not +// associated with the conflicting configs, but since we can continue +// looking for input reasonably, don't declare the state done.
+// +//PURE SLL PARSING
+// +//To handle pure SLL parsing, all we have to do is make sure that we +// combine stack contexts for configurations that differ only by semantic +// predicate. From there, we can do the usual SLL termination heuristic.
+// +//PREDICATES IN SLL+LL PARSING
+// +//SLL decisions don't evaluate predicates until after they reach DFA stop +// states because they need to create the DFA cache that works in all +// semantic situations. In contrast, full LL evaluates predicates collected +// during start state computation so it can ignore predicates thereafter. +// This means that SLL termination detection can totally ignore semantic +// predicates.
+// +//Implementation-wise, {@link ATNConfigSet} combines stack contexts but not +// semantic predicate contexts so we might see two configurations like the +// following.
+// +//{@code (s, 1, x, {}), (s, 1, x', {p})}
+// +//Before testing these configurations against others, we have to merge +// {@code x} and {@code x'} (without modifying the existing configurations). +// For example, we test {@code (x+x')==x”} when looking for conflicts in +// the following configurations.
+// +//{@code (s, 1, x, {}), (s, 1, x', {p}), (s, 2, x”, {})}
+// +//If the configuration set has predicates (as indicated by +// {@link ATNConfigSet//hasSemanticContext}), this algorithm makes a copy of +// the configurations to strip out all of the predicates so that a standard +// {@link ATNConfigSet} will merge everything ignoring predicates.
+func PredictionModehasSLLConflictTerminatingPrediction(mode int, configs ATNConfigSet) bool { + // Configs in rule stop states indicate reaching the end of the decision + // rule (local context) or end of start rule (full context). If all + // configs meet this condition, then none of the configurations is able + // to Match additional input so we terminate prediction. + // + if PredictionModeallConfigsInRuleStopStates(configs) { + return true + } + // pure SLL mode parsing + if mode == PredictionModeSLL { + // Don't bother with combining configs from different semantic + // contexts if we can fail over to full LL costs more time + // since we'll often fail over anyway. + if configs.HasSemanticContext() { + // dup configs, tossing out semantic predicates + dup := NewBaseATNConfigSet(false) + for _, c := range configs.GetItems() { + + // NewBaseATNConfig({semanticContext:}, c) + c = NewBaseATNConfig2(c, SemanticContextNone) + dup.Add(c, nil) + } + configs = dup + } + // now we have combined contexts for configs with dissimilar preds + } + // pure SLL or combined SLL+LL mode parsing + altsets := PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(configs) + return PredictionModehasConflictingAltSet(altsets) && !PredictionModehasStateAssociatedWithOneAlt(configs) +} + +// Checks if any configuration in {@code configs} is in a +// {@link RuleStopState}. Configurations meeting this condition have reached +// the end of the decision rule (local context) or end of start rule (full +// context). +// +// @param configs the configuration set to test +// @return {@code true} if any configuration in {@code configs} is in a +// {@link RuleStopState}, otherwise {@code false} +func PredictionModehasConfigInRuleStopState(configs ATNConfigSet) bool { + for _, c := range configs.GetItems() { + if _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState); ok { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Checks if all configurations in {@code configs} are in a +// {@link RuleStopState}. Configurations meeting this condition have reached +// the end of the decision rule (local context) or end of start rule (full +// context). +// +// @param configs the configuration set to test +// @return {@code true} if all configurations in {@code configs} are in a +// {@link RuleStopState}, otherwise {@code false} +func PredictionModeallConfigsInRuleStopStates(configs ATNConfigSet) bool { + + for _, c := range configs.GetItems() { + if _, ok := c.GetState().(*RuleStopState); !ok { + return false + } + } + return true +} + +// Full LL prediction termination. +// +//Can we stop looking ahead during ATN simulation or is there some +// uncertainty as to which alternative we will ultimately pick, after +// consuming more input? Even if there are partial conflicts, we might know +// that everything is going to resolve to the same minimum alternative. That +// means we can stop since no more lookahead will change that fact. On the +// other hand, there might be multiple conflicts that resolve to different +// minimums. That means we need more look ahead to decide which of those +// alternatives we should predict.
+// +//The basic idea is to split the set of configurations {@code C}, into +// conflicting subsets {@code (s, _, ctx, _)} and singleton subsets with +// non-conflicting configurations. Two configurations conflict if they have +// identical {@link ATNConfig//state} and {@link ATNConfig//context} values +// but different {@link ATNConfig//alt} value, e.g. {@code (s, i, ctx, _)} +// and {@code (s, j, ctx, _)} for {@code i!=j}.
+// +//Reduce these configuration subsets to the set of possible alternatives. +// You can compute the alternative subsets in one pass as follows:
+// +//{@code A_s,ctx = {i | (s, i, ctx, _)}} for each configuration in +// {@code C} holding {@code s} and {@code ctx} fixed.
+// +//Or in pseudo-code, for each configuration {@code c} in {@code C}:
+// +//+// map[c] U= c.{@link ATNConfig//alt alt} // map hash/equals uses s and x, not +// alt and not pred +//+// +//
The values in {@code map} are the set of {@code A_s,ctx} sets.
+// +//If {@code |A_s,ctx|=1} then there is no conflict associated with +// {@code s} and {@code ctx}.
+// +//Reduce the subsets to singletons by choosing a minimum of each subset. If +// the union of these alternative subsets is a singleton, then no amount of +// more lookahead will help us. We will always pick that alternative. If, +// however, there is more than one alternative, then we are uncertain which +// alternative to predict and must continue looking for resolution. We may +// or may not discover an ambiguity in the future, even if there are no +// conflicting subsets this round.
+// +//The biggest sin is to terminate early because it means we've made a +// decision but were uncertain as to the eventual outcome. We haven't used +// enough lookahead. On the other hand, announcing a conflict too late is no +// big deal you will still have the conflict. It's just inefficient. It +// might even look until the end of file.
+// +//No special consideration for semantic predicates is required because +// predicates are evaluated on-the-fly for full LL prediction, ensuring that +// no configuration contains a semantic context during the termination +// check.
+// +//CONFLICTING CONFIGS
+// +//Two configurations {@code (s, i, x)} and {@code (s, j, x')}, conflict +// when {@code i!=j} but {@code x=x'}. Because we merge all +// {@code (s, i, _)} configurations together, that means that there are at +// most {@code n} configurations associated with state {@code s} for +// {@code n} possible alternatives in the decision. The merged stacks +// complicate the comparison of configuration contexts {@code x} and +// {@code x'}. Sam checks to see if one is a subset of the other by calling +// merge and checking to see if the merged result is either {@code x} or +// {@code x'}. If the {@code x} associated with lowest alternative {@code i} +// is the superset, then {@code i} is the only possible prediction since the +// others resolve to {@code min(i)} as well. However, if {@code x} is +// associated with {@code j>i} then at least one stack configuration for +// {@code j} is not in conflict with alternative {@code i}. The algorithm +// should keep going, looking for more lookahead due to the uncertainty.
+// +//For simplicity, I'm doing a equality check between {@code x} and +// {@code x'} that lets the algorithm continue to consume lookahead longer +// than necessary. The reason I like the equality is of course the +// simplicity but also because that is the test you need to detect the +// alternatives that are actually in conflict.
+// +//CONTINUE/STOP RULE
+// +//Continue if union of resolved alternative sets from non-conflicting and +// conflicting alternative subsets has more than one alternative. We are +// uncertain about which alternative to predict.
+// +//The complete set of alternatives, {@code [i for (_,i,_)]}, tells us which +// alternatives are still in the running for the amount of input we've +// consumed at this point. The conflicting sets let us to strip away +// configurations that won't lead to more states because we resolve +// conflicts to the configuration with a minimum alternate for the +// conflicting set.
+// +//CASES
+// +//EXACT AMBIGUITY DETECTION
+// +//If all states Report the same conflicting set of alternatives, then we +// know we have the exact ambiguity set.
+// +//|A_i|>1
and
+// A_i = A_j
for all i, j.
In other words, we continue examining lookahead until all {@code A_i} +// have more than one alternative and all {@code A_i} are the same. If +// {@code A={{1,2}, {1,3}}}, then regular LL prediction would terminate +// because the resolved set is {@code {1}}. To determine what the real +// ambiguity is, we have to know whether the ambiguity is between one and +// two or one and three so we keep going. We can only stop prediction when +// we need exact ambiguity detection when the sets look like +// {@code A={{1,2}}} or {@code {{1,2},{1,2}}}, etc...
+func PredictionModeresolvesToJustOneViableAlt(altsets []*BitSet) int { + return PredictionModegetSingleViableAlt(altsets) +} + +// Determines if every alternative subset in {@code altsets} contains more +// than one alternative. +// +// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets +// @return {@code true} if every {@link BitSet} in {@code altsets} has +// {@link BitSet//cardinality cardinality} > 1, otherwise {@code false} +func PredictionModeallSubsetsConflict(altsets []*BitSet) bool { + return !PredictionModehasNonConflictingAltSet(altsets) +} + +// Determines if any single alternative subset in {@code altsets} contains +// exactly one alternative. +// +// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets +// @return {@code true} if {@code altsets} contains a {@link BitSet} with +// {@link BitSet//cardinality cardinality} 1, otherwise {@code false} +func PredictionModehasNonConflictingAltSet(altsets []*BitSet) bool { + for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ { + alts := altsets[i] + if alts.length() == 1 { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Determines if any single alternative subset in {@code altsets} contains +// more than one alternative. +// +// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets +// @return {@code true} if {@code altsets} contains a {@link BitSet} with +// {@link BitSet//cardinality cardinality} > 1, otherwise {@code false} +func PredictionModehasConflictingAltSet(altsets []*BitSet) bool { + for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ { + alts := altsets[i] + if alts.length() > 1 { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Determines if every alternative subset in {@code altsets} is equivalent. +// +// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets +// @return {@code true} if every member of {@code altsets} is equal to the +// others, otherwise {@code false} +func PredictionModeallSubsetsEqual(altsets []*BitSet) bool { + var first *BitSet + + for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ { + alts := altsets[i] + if first == nil { + first = alts + } else if alts != first { + return false + } + } + + return true +} + +// Returns the unique alternative predicted by all alternative subsets in +// {@code altsets}. If no such alternative exists, this method returns +// {@link ATN//INVALID_ALT_NUMBER}. +// +// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets +func PredictionModegetUniqueAlt(altsets []*BitSet) int { + all := PredictionModeGetAlts(altsets) + if all.length() == 1 { + return all.minValue() + } + + return ATNInvalidAltNumber +} + +// Gets the complete set of represented alternatives for a collection of +// alternative subsets. This method returns the union of each {@link BitSet} +// in {@code altsets}. +// +// @param altsets a collection of alternative subsets +// @return the set of represented alternatives in {@code altsets} +func PredictionModeGetAlts(altsets []*BitSet) *BitSet { + all := NewBitSet() + for _, alts := range altsets { + all.or(alts) + } + return all +} + +// PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets gets the conflicting alt subsets from a configuration set. +// For each configuration {@code c} in {@code configs}: +// +//+// map[c] U= c.{@link ATNConfig//alt alt} // map hash/equals uses s and x, not +// alt and not pred +//+func PredictionModegetConflictingAltSubsets(configs ATNConfigSet) []*BitSet { + configToAlts := NewJMap[ATNConfig, *BitSet, *ATNAltConfigComparator[ATNConfig]](atnAltCfgEqInst) + + for _, c := range configs.GetItems() { + + alts, ok := configToAlts.Get(c) + if !ok { + alts = NewBitSet() + configToAlts.Put(c, alts) + } + alts.add(c.GetAlt()) + } + + return configToAlts.Values() +} + +// PredictionModeGetStateToAltMap gets a map from state to alt subset from a configuration set. For each +// configuration {@code c} in {@code configs}: +// +//
+// map[c.{@link ATNConfig//state state}] U= c.{@link ATNConfig//alt alt} +//+func PredictionModeGetStateToAltMap(configs ATNConfigSet) *AltDict { + m := NewAltDict() + + for _, c := range configs.GetItems() { + alts := m.Get(c.GetState().String()) + if alts == nil { + alts = NewBitSet() + m.put(c.GetState().String(), alts) + } + alts.(*BitSet).add(c.GetAlt()) + } + return m +} + +func PredictionModehasStateAssociatedWithOneAlt(configs ATNConfigSet) bool { + values := PredictionModeGetStateToAltMap(configs).values() + for i := 0; i < len(values); i++ { + if values[i].(*BitSet).length() == 1 { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +func PredictionModegetSingleViableAlt(altsets []*BitSet) int { + result := ATNInvalidAltNumber + + for i := 0; i < len(altsets); i++ { + alts := altsets[i] + minAlt := alts.minValue() + if result == ATNInvalidAltNumber { + result = minAlt + } else if result != minAlt { // more than 1 viable alt + return ATNInvalidAltNumber + } + } + return result +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/recognizer.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/recognizer.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bfe542d09141 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/recognizer.go @@ -0,0 +1,216 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "fmt" + "strings" + + "strconv" +) + +type Recognizer interface { + GetLiteralNames() []string + GetSymbolicNames() []string + GetRuleNames() []string + + Sempred(RuleContext, int, int) bool + Precpred(RuleContext, int) bool + + GetState() int + SetState(int) + Action(RuleContext, int, int) + AddErrorListener(ErrorListener) + RemoveErrorListeners() + GetATN() *ATN + GetErrorListenerDispatch() ErrorListener +} + +type BaseRecognizer struct { + listeners []ErrorListener + state int + + RuleNames []string + LiteralNames []string + SymbolicNames []string + GrammarFileName string +} + +func NewBaseRecognizer() *BaseRecognizer { + rec := new(BaseRecognizer) + rec.listeners = []ErrorListener{ConsoleErrorListenerINSTANCE} + rec.state = -1 + return rec +} + +var tokenTypeMapCache = make(map[string]int) +var ruleIndexMapCache = make(map[string]int) + +func (b *BaseRecognizer) checkVersion(toolVersion string) { + runtimeVersion := "4.12.0" + if runtimeVersion != toolVersion { + fmt.Println("ANTLR runtime and generated code versions disagree: " + runtimeVersion + "!=" + toolVersion) + } +} + +func (b *BaseRecognizer) Action(context RuleContext, ruleIndex, actionIndex int) { + panic("action not implemented on Recognizer!") +} + +func (b *BaseRecognizer) AddErrorListener(listener ErrorListener) { + b.listeners = append(b.listeners, listener) +} + +func (b *BaseRecognizer) RemoveErrorListeners() { + b.listeners = make([]ErrorListener, 0) +} + +func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetRuleNames() []string { + return b.RuleNames +} + +func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetTokenNames() []string { + return b.LiteralNames +} + +func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetSymbolicNames() []string { + return b.SymbolicNames +} + +func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetLiteralNames() []string { + return b.LiteralNames +} + +func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetState() int { + return b.state +} + +func (b *BaseRecognizer) SetState(v int) { + b.state = v +} + +//func (b *Recognizer) GetTokenTypeMap() { +// var tokenNames = b.GetTokenNames() +// if (tokenNames==nil) { +// panic("The current recognizer does not provide a list of token names.") +// } +// var result = tokenTypeMapCache[tokenNames] +// if(result==nil) { +// result = tokenNames.reduce(function(o, k, i) { o[k] = i }) +// result.EOF = TokenEOF +// tokenTypeMapCache[tokenNames] = result +// } +// return result +//} + +// Get a map from rule names to rule indexes. +// +//
Used for XPath and tree pattern compilation.
+func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetRuleIndexMap() map[string]int { + + panic("Method not defined!") + // var ruleNames = b.GetRuleNames() + // if (ruleNames==nil) { + // panic("The current recognizer does not provide a list of rule names.") + // } + // + // var result = ruleIndexMapCache[ruleNames] + // if(result==nil) { + // result = ruleNames.reduce(function(o, k, i) { o[k] = i }) + // ruleIndexMapCache[ruleNames] = result + // } + // return result +} + +func (b *BaseRecognizer) GetTokenType(tokenName string) int { + panic("Method not defined!") + // var ttype = b.GetTokenTypeMap()[tokenName] + // if (ttype !=nil) { + // return ttype + // } else { + // return TokenInvalidType + // } +} + +//func (b *Recognizer) GetTokenTypeMap() map[string]int { +// Vocabulary vocabulary = getVocabulary() +// +// Synchronized (tokenTypeMapCache) { +// Map+// Since tokens on hidden channels (e.g. whitespace or comments) are not +// added to the parse trees, they will not appear in the output of b +// method. +// + +func (b *BaseRuleContext) GetParent() Tree { + return b.parentCtx +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/semantic_context.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/semantic_context.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a702e99def76 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/semantic_context.go @@ -0,0 +1,469 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "fmt" + "strconv" +) + +// A tree structure used to record the semantic context in which +// an ATN configuration is valid. It's either a single predicate, +// a conjunction {@code p1&&p2}, or a sum of products {@code p1||p2}. +// +//
I have scoped the {@link AND}, {@link OR}, and {@link Predicate} subclasses of +// {@link SemanticContext} within the scope of this outer class.
+// + +type SemanticContext interface { + Equals(other Collectable[SemanticContext]) bool + Hash() int + + evaluate(parser Recognizer, outerContext RuleContext) bool + evalPrecedence(parser Recognizer, outerContext RuleContext) SemanticContext + + String() string +} + +func SemanticContextandContext(a, b SemanticContext) SemanticContext { + if a == nil || a == SemanticContextNone { + return b + } + if b == nil || b == SemanticContextNone { + return a + } + result := NewAND(a, b) + if len(result.opnds) == 1 { + return result.opnds[0] + } + + return result +} + +func SemanticContextorContext(a, b SemanticContext) SemanticContext { + if a == nil { + return b + } + if b == nil { + return a + } + if a == SemanticContextNone || b == SemanticContextNone { + return SemanticContextNone + } + result := NewOR(a, b) + if len(result.opnds) == 1 { + return result.opnds[0] + } + + return result +} + +type Predicate struct { + ruleIndex int + predIndex int + isCtxDependent bool +} + +func NewPredicate(ruleIndex, predIndex int, isCtxDependent bool) *Predicate { + p := new(Predicate) + + p.ruleIndex = ruleIndex + p.predIndex = predIndex + p.isCtxDependent = isCtxDependent // e.g., $i ref in pred + return p +} + +//The default {@link SemanticContext}, which is semantically equivalent to +//a predicate of the form {@code {true}?}. + +var SemanticContextNone = NewPredicate(-1, -1, false) + +func (p *Predicate) evalPrecedence(parser Recognizer, outerContext RuleContext) SemanticContext { + return p +} + +func (p *Predicate) evaluate(parser Recognizer, outerContext RuleContext) bool { + + var localctx RuleContext + + if p.isCtxDependent { + localctx = outerContext + } + + return parser.Sempred(localctx, p.ruleIndex, p.predIndex) +} + +func (p *Predicate) Equals(other Collectable[SemanticContext]) bool { + if p == other { + return true + } else if _, ok := other.(*Predicate); !ok { + return false + } else { + return p.ruleIndex == other.(*Predicate).ruleIndex && + p.predIndex == other.(*Predicate).predIndex && + p.isCtxDependent == other.(*Predicate).isCtxDependent + } +} + +func (p *Predicate) Hash() int { + h := murmurInit(0) + h = murmurUpdate(h, p.ruleIndex) + h = murmurUpdate(h, p.predIndex) + if p.isCtxDependent { + h = murmurUpdate(h, 1) + } else { + h = murmurUpdate(h, 0) + } + return murmurFinish(h, 3) +} + +func (p *Predicate) String() string { + return "{" + strconv.Itoa(p.ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(p.predIndex) + "}?" +} + +type PrecedencePredicate struct { + precedence int +} + +func NewPrecedencePredicate(precedence int) *PrecedencePredicate { + + p := new(PrecedencePredicate) + p.precedence = precedence + + return p +} + +func (p *PrecedencePredicate) evaluate(parser Recognizer, outerContext RuleContext) bool { + return parser.Precpred(outerContext, p.precedence) +} + +func (p *PrecedencePredicate) evalPrecedence(parser Recognizer, outerContext RuleContext) SemanticContext { + if parser.Precpred(outerContext, p.precedence) { + return SemanticContextNone + } + + return nil +} + +func (p *PrecedencePredicate) compareTo(other *PrecedencePredicate) int { + return p.precedence - other.precedence +} + +func (p *PrecedencePredicate) Equals(other Collectable[SemanticContext]) bool { + + var op *PrecedencePredicate + var ok bool + if op, ok = other.(*PrecedencePredicate); !ok { + return false + } + + if p == op { + return true + } + + return p.precedence == other.(*PrecedencePredicate).precedence +} + +func (p *PrecedencePredicate) Hash() int { + h := uint32(1) + h = 31*h + uint32(p.precedence) + return int(h) +} + +func (p *PrecedencePredicate) String() string { + return "{" + strconv.Itoa(p.precedence) + ">=prec}?" +} + +func PrecedencePredicatefilterPrecedencePredicates(set *JStore[SemanticContext, Comparator[SemanticContext]]) []*PrecedencePredicate { + result := make([]*PrecedencePredicate, 0) + + set.Each(func(v SemanticContext) bool { + if c2, ok := v.(*PrecedencePredicate); ok { + result = append(result, c2) + } + return true + }) + + return result +} + +// A semantic context which is true whenever none of the contained contexts +// is false.` + +type AND struct { + opnds []SemanticContext +} + +func NewAND(a, b SemanticContext) *AND { + + operands := NewJStore[SemanticContext, Comparator[SemanticContext]](semctxEqInst) + if aa, ok := a.(*AND); ok { + for _, o := range aa.opnds { + operands.Put(o) + } + } else { + operands.Put(a) + } + + if ba, ok := b.(*AND); ok { + for _, o := range ba.opnds { + operands.Put(o) + } + } else { + operands.Put(b) + } + precedencePredicates := PrecedencePredicatefilterPrecedencePredicates(operands) + if len(precedencePredicates) > 0 { + // interested in the transition with the lowest precedence + var reduced *PrecedencePredicate + + for _, p := range precedencePredicates { + if reduced == nil || p.precedence < reduced.precedence { + reduced = p + } + } + + operands.Put(reduced) + } + + vs := operands.Values() + opnds := make([]SemanticContext, len(vs)) + for i, v := range vs { + opnds[i] = v.(SemanticContext) + } + + and := new(AND) + and.opnds = opnds + + return and +} + +func (a *AND) Equals(other Collectable[SemanticContext]) bool { + if a == other { + return true + } + if _, ok := other.(*AND); !ok { + return false + } else { + for i, v := range other.(*AND).opnds { + if !a.opnds[i].Equals(v) { + return false + } + } + return true + } +} + +// {@inheritDoc} +// +//+// The evaluation of predicates by a context is short-circuiting, but +// unordered.
+func (a *AND) evaluate(parser Recognizer, outerContext RuleContext) bool { + for i := 0; i < len(a.opnds); i++ { + if !a.opnds[i].evaluate(parser, outerContext) { + return false + } + } + return true +} + +func (a *AND) evalPrecedence(parser Recognizer, outerContext RuleContext) SemanticContext { + differs := false + operands := make([]SemanticContext, 0) + + for i := 0; i < len(a.opnds); i++ { + context := a.opnds[i] + evaluated := context.evalPrecedence(parser, outerContext) + differs = differs || (evaluated != context) + if evaluated == nil { + // The AND context is false if any element is false + return nil + } else if evaluated != SemanticContextNone { + // Reduce the result by Skipping true elements + operands = append(operands, evaluated) + } + } + if !differs { + return a + } + + if len(operands) == 0 { + // all elements were true, so the AND context is true + return SemanticContextNone + } + + var result SemanticContext + + for _, o := range operands { + if result == nil { + result = o + } else { + result = SemanticContextandContext(result, o) + } + } + + return result +} + +func (a *AND) Hash() int { + h := murmurInit(37) // Init with a value different from OR + for _, op := range a.opnds { + h = murmurUpdate(h, op.Hash()) + } + return murmurFinish(h, len(a.opnds)) +} + +func (a *OR) Hash() int { + h := murmurInit(41) // Init with a value different from AND + for _, op := range a.opnds { + h = murmurUpdate(h, op.Hash()) + } + return murmurFinish(h, len(a.opnds)) +} + +func (a *AND) String() string { + s := "" + + for _, o := range a.opnds { + s += "&& " + fmt.Sprint(o) + } + + if len(s) > 3 { + return s[0:3] + } + + return s +} + +// +// A semantic context which is true whenever at least one of the contained +// contexts is true. +// + +type OR struct { + opnds []SemanticContext +} + +func NewOR(a, b SemanticContext) *OR { + + operands := NewJStore[SemanticContext, Comparator[SemanticContext]](semctxEqInst) + if aa, ok := a.(*OR); ok { + for _, o := range aa.opnds { + operands.Put(o) + } + } else { + operands.Put(a) + } + + if ba, ok := b.(*OR); ok { + for _, o := range ba.opnds { + operands.Put(o) + } + } else { + operands.Put(b) + } + precedencePredicates := PrecedencePredicatefilterPrecedencePredicates(operands) + if len(precedencePredicates) > 0 { + // interested in the transition with the lowest precedence + var reduced *PrecedencePredicate + + for _, p := range precedencePredicates { + if reduced == nil || p.precedence > reduced.precedence { + reduced = p + } + } + + operands.Put(reduced) + } + + vs := operands.Values() + + opnds := make([]SemanticContext, len(vs)) + for i, v := range vs { + opnds[i] = v.(SemanticContext) + } + + o := new(OR) + o.opnds = opnds + + return o +} + +func (o *OR) Equals(other Collectable[SemanticContext]) bool { + if o == other { + return true + } else if _, ok := other.(*OR); !ok { + return false + } else { + for i, v := range other.(*OR).opnds { + if !o.opnds[i].Equals(v) { + return false + } + } + return true + } +} + +//+// The evaluation of predicates by o context is short-circuiting, but +// unordered.
+func (o *OR) evaluate(parser Recognizer, outerContext RuleContext) bool { + for i := 0; i < len(o.opnds); i++ { + if o.opnds[i].evaluate(parser, outerContext) { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +func (o *OR) evalPrecedence(parser Recognizer, outerContext RuleContext) SemanticContext { + differs := false + operands := make([]SemanticContext, 0) + for i := 0; i < len(o.opnds); i++ { + context := o.opnds[i] + evaluated := context.evalPrecedence(parser, outerContext) + differs = differs || (evaluated != context) + if evaluated == SemanticContextNone { + // The OR context is true if any element is true + return SemanticContextNone + } else if evaluated != nil { + // Reduce the result by Skipping false elements + operands = append(operands, evaluated) + } + } + if !differs { + return o + } + if len(operands) == 0 { + // all elements were false, so the OR context is false + return nil + } + var result SemanticContext + + for _, o := range operands { + if result == nil { + result = o + } else { + result = SemanticContextorContext(result, o) + } + } + + return result +} + +func (o *OR) String() string { + s := "" + + for _, o := range o.opnds { + s += "|| " + fmt.Sprint(o) + } + + if len(s) > 3 { + return s[0:3] + } + + return s +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/token.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/token.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f73b06bc6a05 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/token.go @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +import ( + "strconv" + "strings" +) + +type TokenSourceCharStreamPair struct { + tokenSource TokenSource + charStream CharStream +} + +// A token has properties: text, type, line, character position in the line +// (so we can ignore tabs), token channel, index, and source from which +// we obtained this token. + +type Token interface { + GetSource() *TokenSourceCharStreamPair + GetTokenType() int + GetChannel() int + GetStart() int + GetStop() int + GetLine() int + GetColumn() int + + GetText() string + SetText(s string) + + GetTokenIndex() int + SetTokenIndex(v int) + + GetTokenSource() TokenSource + GetInputStream() CharStream +} + +type BaseToken struct { + source *TokenSourceCharStreamPair + tokenType int // token type of the token + channel int // The parser ignores everything not on DEFAULT_CHANNEL + start int // optional return -1 if not implemented. + stop int // optional return -1 if not implemented. + tokenIndex int // from 0..n-1 of the token object in the input stream + line int // line=1..n of the 1st character + column int // beginning of the line at which it occurs, 0..n-1 + text string // text of the token. + readOnly bool +} + +const ( + TokenInvalidType = 0 + + // During lookahead operations, this "token" signifies we hit rule end ATN state + // and did not follow it despite needing to. + TokenEpsilon = -2 + + TokenMinUserTokenType = 1 + + TokenEOF = -1 + + // All tokens go to the parser (unless Skip() is called in that rule) + // on a particular "channel". The parser tunes to a particular channel + // so that whitespace etc... can go to the parser on a "hidden" channel. + + TokenDefaultChannel = 0 + + // Anything on different channel than DEFAULT_CHANNEL is not parsed + // by parser. + + TokenHiddenChannel = 1 +) + +func (b *BaseToken) GetChannel() int { + return b.channel +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetStart() int { + return b.start +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetStop() int { + return b.stop +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetLine() int { + return b.line +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetColumn() int { + return b.column +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenType() int { + return b.tokenType +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetSource() *TokenSourceCharStreamPair { + return b.source +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenIndex() int { + return b.tokenIndex +} + +func (b *BaseToken) SetTokenIndex(v int) { + b.tokenIndex = v +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetTokenSource() TokenSource { + return b.source.tokenSource +} + +func (b *BaseToken) GetInputStream() CharStream { + return b.source.charStream +} + +type CommonToken struct { + *BaseToken +} + +func NewCommonToken(source *TokenSourceCharStreamPair, tokenType, channel, start, stop int) *CommonToken { + + t := new(CommonToken) + + t.BaseToken = new(BaseToken) + + t.source = source + t.tokenType = tokenType + t.channel = channel + t.start = start + t.stop = stop + t.tokenIndex = -1 + if t.source.tokenSource != nil { + t.line = source.tokenSource.GetLine() + t.column = source.tokenSource.GetCharPositionInLine() + } else { + t.column = -1 + } + return t +} + +// An empty {@link Pair} which is used as the default value of +// {@link //source} for tokens that do not have a source. + +//CommonToken.EMPTY_SOURCE = [ nil, nil ] + +// Constructs a New{@link CommonToken} as a copy of another {@link Token}. +// +//+// If {@code oldToken} is also a {@link CommonToken} instance, the newly +// constructed token will share a reference to the {@link //text} field and +// the {@link Pair} stored in {@link //source}. Otherwise, {@link //text} will +// be assigned the result of calling {@link //GetText}, and {@link //source} +// will be constructed from the result of {@link Token//GetTokenSource} and +// {@link Token//GetInputStream}.
+// +// @param oldToken The token to copy. +func (c *CommonToken) clone() *CommonToken { + t := NewCommonToken(c.source, c.tokenType, c.channel, c.start, c.stop) + t.tokenIndex = c.GetTokenIndex() + t.line = c.GetLine() + t.column = c.GetColumn() + t.text = c.GetText() + return t +} + +func (c *CommonToken) GetText() string { + if c.text != "" { + return c.text + } + input := c.GetInputStream() + if input == nil { + return "" + } + n := input.Size() + if c.start < n && c.stop < n { + return input.GetTextFromInterval(NewInterval(c.start, c.stop)) + } + return "+// You can insert stuff, replace, and delete chunks. Note that the operations +// are done lazily--only if you convert the buffer to a {@link String} with +// {@link TokenStream#getText()}. This is very efficient because you are not +// moving data around all the time. As the buffer of tokens is converted to +// strings, the {@link #getText()} method(s) scan the input token stream and +// check to see if there is an operation at the current index. If so, the +// operation is done and then normal {@link String} rendering continues on the +// buffer. This is like having multiple Turing machine instruction streams +// (programs) operating on a single input tape. :)
+//+ +// This rewriter makes no modifications to the token stream. It does not ask the +// stream to fill itself up nor does it advance the input cursor. The token +// stream {@link TokenStream#index()} will return the same value before and +// after any {@link #getText()} call.
+ +//+// The rewriter only works on tokens that you have in the buffer and ignores the +// current input cursor. If you are buffering tokens on-demand, calling +// {@link #getText()} halfway through the input will only do rewrites for those +// tokens in the first half of the file.
+ +//+// Since the operations are done lazily at {@link #getText}-time, operations do +// not screw up the token index values. That is, an insert operation at token +// index {@code i} does not change the index values for tokens +// {@code i}+1..n-1.
+ +//+// Because operations never actually alter the buffer, you may always get the +// original token stream back without undoing anything. Since the instructions +// are queued up, you can easily simulate transactions and roll back any changes +// if there is an error just by removing instructions. For example,
+ +//+// CharStream input = new ANTLRFileStream("input"); +// TLexer lex = new TLexer(input); +// CommonTokenStream tokens = new CommonTokenStream(lex); +// T parser = new T(tokens); +// TokenStreamRewriter rewriter = new TokenStreamRewriter(tokens); +// parser.startRule(); +//+ +//
+// Then in the rules, you can execute (assuming rewriter is visible):
+ +//+// Token t,u; +// ... +// rewriter.insertAfter(t, "text to put after t");} +// rewriter.insertAfter(u, "text after u");} +// System.out.println(rewriter.getText()); +//+ +//
+// You can also have multiple "instruction streams" and get multiple rewrites +// from a single pass over the input. Just name the instruction streams and use +// that name again when printing the buffer. This could be useful for generating +// a C file and also its header file--all from the same buffer:
+ +//+// rewriter.insertAfter("pass1", t, "text to put after t");} +// rewriter.insertAfter("pass2", u, "text after u");} +// System.out.println(rewriter.getText("pass1")); +// System.out.println(rewriter.getText("pass2")); +//+ +//
+// If you don't use named rewrite streams, a "default" stream is used as the +// first example shows.
+ +const ( + Default_Program_Name = "default" + Program_Init_Size = 100 + Min_Token_Index = 0 +) + +// Define the rewrite operation hierarchy + +type RewriteOperation interface { + // Execute the rewrite operation by possibly adding to the buffer. + // Return the index of the next token to operate on. + Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int + String() string + GetInstructionIndex() int + GetIndex() int + GetText() string + GetOpName() string + GetTokens() TokenStream + SetInstructionIndex(val int) + SetIndex(int) + SetText(string) + SetOpName(string) + SetTokens(TokenStream) +} + +type BaseRewriteOperation struct { + //Current index of rewrites list + instruction_index int + //Token buffer index + index int + //Substitution text + text string + //Actual operation name + op_name string + //Pointer to token steam + tokens TokenStream +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetInstructionIndex() int { + return op.instruction_index +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetIndex() int { + return op.index +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetText() string { + return op.text +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetOpName() string { + return op.op_name +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) GetTokens() TokenStream { + return op.tokens +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetInstructionIndex(val int) { + op.instruction_index = val +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetIndex(val int) { + op.index = val +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetText(val string) { + op.text = val +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetOpName(val string) { + op.op_name = val +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) SetTokens(val TokenStream) { + op.tokens = val +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int { + return op.index +} + +func (op *BaseRewriteOperation) String() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("<%s@%d:\"%s\">", + op.op_name, + op.tokens.Get(op.GetIndex()), + op.text, + ) + +} + +type InsertBeforeOp struct { + BaseRewriteOperation +} + +func NewInsertBeforeOp(index int, text string, stream TokenStream) *InsertBeforeOp { + return &InsertBeforeOp{BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{ + index: index, + text: text, + op_name: "InsertBeforeOp", + tokens: stream, + }} +} + +func (op *InsertBeforeOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int { + buffer.WriteString(op.text) + if op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetTokenType() != TokenEOF { + buffer.WriteString(op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetText()) + } + return op.index + 1 +} + +func (op *InsertBeforeOp) String() string { + return op.BaseRewriteOperation.String() +} + +// Distinguish between insert after/before to do the "insert afters" +// first and then the "insert befores" at same index. Implementation +// of "insert after" is "insert before index+1". + +type InsertAfterOp struct { + BaseRewriteOperation +} + +func NewInsertAfterOp(index int, text string, stream TokenStream) *InsertAfterOp { + return &InsertAfterOp{BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{ + index: index + 1, + text: text, + tokens: stream, + }} +} + +func (op *InsertAfterOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int { + buffer.WriteString(op.text) + if op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetTokenType() != TokenEOF { + buffer.WriteString(op.tokens.Get(op.index).GetText()) + } + return op.index + 1 +} + +func (op *InsertAfterOp) String() string { + return op.BaseRewriteOperation.String() +} + +// I'm going to try replacing range from x..y with (y-x)+1 ReplaceOp +// instructions. +type ReplaceOp struct { + BaseRewriteOperation + LastIndex int +} + +func NewReplaceOp(from, to int, text string, stream TokenStream) *ReplaceOp { + return &ReplaceOp{ + BaseRewriteOperation: BaseRewriteOperation{ + index: from, + text: text, + op_name: "ReplaceOp", + tokens: stream, + }, + LastIndex: to, + } +} + +func (op *ReplaceOp) Execute(buffer *bytes.Buffer) int { + if op.text != "" { + buffer.WriteString(op.text) + } + return op.LastIndex + 1 +} + +func (op *ReplaceOp) String() string { + if op.text == "" { + return fmt.Sprintf("This is a one way link. It emanates from a state (usually via a list of +// transitions) and has a target state.
+// +//Since we never have to change the ATN transitions once we construct it, +// the states. We'll use the term Edge for the DFA to distinguish them from +// ATN transitions.
+ +type Transition interface { + getTarget() ATNState + setTarget(ATNState) + getIsEpsilon() bool + getLabel() *IntervalSet + getSerializationType() int + Matches(int, int, int) bool +} + +type BaseTransition struct { + target ATNState + isEpsilon bool + label int + intervalSet *IntervalSet + serializationType int +} + +func NewBaseTransition(target ATNState) *BaseTransition { + + if target == nil { + panic("target cannot be nil.") + } + + t := new(BaseTransition) + + t.target = target + // Are we epsilon, action, sempred? + t.isEpsilon = false + t.intervalSet = nil + + return t +} + +func (t *BaseTransition) getTarget() ATNState { + return t.target +} + +func (t *BaseTransition) setTarget(s ATNState) { + t.target = s +} + +func (t *BaseTransition) getIsEpsilon() bool { + return t.isEpsilon +} + +func (t *BaseTransition) getLabel() *IntervalSet { + return t.intervalSet +} + +func (t *BaseTransition) getSerializationType() int { + return t.serializationType +} + +func (t *BaseTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { + panic("Not implemented") +} + +const ( + TransitionEPSILON = 1 + TransitionRANGE = 2 + TransitionRULE = 3 + TransitionPREDICATE = 4 // e.g., {isType(input.LT(1))}? + TransitionATOM = 5 + TransitionACTION = 6 + TransitionSET = 7 // ~(A|B) or ~atom, wildcard, which convert to next 2 + TransitionNOTSET = 8 + TransitionWILDCARD = 9 + TransitionPRECEDENCE = 10 +) + +var TransitionserializationNames = []string{ + "INVALID", + "EPSILON", + "RANGE", + "RULE", + "PREDICATE", + "ATOM", + "ACTION", + "SET", + "NOT_SET", + "WILDCARD", + "PRECEDENCE", +} + +//var TransitionserializationTypes struct { +// EpsilonTransition int +// RangeTransition int +// RuleTransition int +// PredicateTransition int +// AtomTransition int +// ActionTransition int +// SetTransition int +// NotSetTransition int +// WildcardTransition int +// PrecedencePredicateTransition int +//}{ +// TransitionEPSILON, +// TransitionRANGE, +// TransitionRULE, +// TransitionPREDICATE, +// TransitionATOM, +// TransitionACTION, +// TransitionSET, +// TransitionNOTSET, +// TransitionWILDCARD, +// TransitionPRECEDENCE +//} + +// TODO: make all transitions sets? no, should remove set edges +type AtomTransition struct { + *BaseTransition +} + +func NewAtomTransition(target ATNState, intervalSet int) *AtomTransition { + + t := new(AtomTransition) + t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target) + + t.label = intervalSet // The token type or character value or, signifies special intervalSet. + t.intervalSet = t.makeLabel() + t.serializationType = TransitionATOM + + return t +} + +func (t *AtomTransition) makeLabel() *IntervalSet { + s := NewIntervalSet() + s.addOne(t.label) + return s +} + +func (t *AtomTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { + return t.label == symbol +} + +func (t *AtomTransition) String() string { + return strconv.Itoa(t.label) +} + +type RuleTransition struct { + *BaseTransition + + followState ATNState + ruleIndex, precedence int +} + +func NewRuleTransition(ruleStart ATNState, ruleIndex, precedence int, followState ATNState) *RuleTransition { + + t := new(RuleTransition) + t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(ruleStart) + + t.ruleIndex = ruleIndex + t.precedence = precedence + t.followState = followState + t.serializationType = TransitionRULE + t.isEpsilon = true + + return t +} + +func (t *RuleTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { + return false +} + +type EpsilonTransition struct { + *BaseTransition + + outermostPrecedenceReturn int +} + +func NewEpsilonTransition(target ATNState, outermostPrecedenceReturn int) *EpsilonTransition { + + t := new(EpsilonTransition) + t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target) + + t.serializationType = TransitionEPSILON + t.isEpsilon = true + t.outermostPrecedenceReturn = outermostPrecedenceReturn + return t +} + +func (t *EpsilonTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { + return false +} + +func (t *EpsilonTransition) String() string { + return "epsilon" +} + +type RangeTransition struct { + *BaseTransition + + start, stop int +} + +func NewRangeTransition(target ATNState, start, stop int) *RangeTransition { + + t := new(RangeTransition) + t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target) + + t.serializationType = TransitionRANGE + t.start = start + t.stop = stop + t.intervalSet = t.makeLabel() + return t +} + +func (t *RangeTransition) makeLabel() *IntervalSet { + s := NewIntervalSet() + s.addRange(t.start, t.stop) + return s +} + +func (t *RangeTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { + return symbol >= t.start && symbol <= t.stop +} + +func (t *RangeTransition) String() string { + var sb strings.Builder + sb.WriteByte('\'') + sb.WriteRune(rune(t.start)) + sb.WriteString("'..'") + sb.WriteRune(rune(t.stop)) + sb.WriteByte('\'') + return sb.String() +} + +type AbstractPredicateTransition interface { + Transition + IAbstractPredicateTransitionFoo() +} + +type BaseAbstractPredicateTransition struct { + *BaseTransition +} + +func NewBasePredicateTransition(target ATNState) *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition { + + t := new(BaseAbstractPredicateTransition) + t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target) + + return t +} + +func (a *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition) IAbstractPredicateTransitionFoo() {} + +type PredicateTransition struct { + *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition + + isCtxDependent bool + ruleIndex, predIndex int +} + +func NewPredicateTransition(target ATNState, ruleIndex, predIndex int, isCtxDependent bool) *PredicateTransition { + + t := new(PredicateTransition) + t.BaseAbstractPredicateTransition = NewBasePredicateTransition(target) + + t.serializationType = TransitionPREDICATE + t.ruleIndex = ruleIndex + t.predIndex = predIndex + t.isCtxDependent = isCtxDependent // e.g., $i ref in pred + t.isEpsilon = true + return t +} + +func (t *PredicateTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { + return false +} + +func (t *PredicateTransition) getPredicate() *Predicate { + return NewPredicate(t.ruleIndex, t.predIndex, t.isCtxDependent) +} + +func (t *PredicateTransition) String() string { + return "pred_" + strconv.Itoa(t.ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(t.predIndex) +} + +type ActionTransition struct { + *BaseTransition + + isCtxDependent bool + ruleIndex, actionIndex, predIndex int +} + +func NewActionTransition(target ATNState, ruleIndex, actionIndex int, isCtxDependent bool) *ActionTransition { + + t := new(ActionTransition) + t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target) + + t.serializationType = TransitionACTION + t.ruleIndex = ruleIndex + t.actionIndex = actionIndex + t.isCtxDependent = isCtxDependent // e.g., $i ref in pred + t.isEpsilon = true + return t +} + +func (t *ActionTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { + return false +} + +func (t *ActionTransition) String() string { + return "action_" + strconv.Itoa(t.ruleIndex) + ":" + strconv.Itoa(t.actionIndex) +} + +type SetTransition struct { + *BaseTransition +} + +func NewSetTransition(target ATNState, set *IntervalSet) *SetTransition { + + t := new(SetTransition) + t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target) + + t.serializationType = TransitionSET + if set != nil { + t.intervalSet = set + } else { + t.intervalSet = NewIntervalSet() + t.intervalSet.addOne(TokenInvalidType) + } + + return t +} + +func (t *SetTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { + return t.intervalSet.contains(symbol) +} + +func (t *SetTransition) String() string { + return t.intervalSet.String() +} + +type NotSetTransition struct { + *SetTransition +} + +func NewNotSetTransition(target ATNState, set *IntervalSet) *NotSetTransition { + + t := new(NotSetTransition) + + t.SetTransition = NewSetTransition(target, set) + + t.serializationType = TransitionNOTSET + + return t +} + +func (t *NotSetTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { + return symbol >= minVocabSymbol && symbol <= maxVocabSymbol && !t.intervalSet.contains(symbol) +} + +func (t *NotSetTransition) String() string { + return "~" + t.intervalSet.String() +} + +type WildcardTransition struct { + *BaseTransition +} + +func NewWildcardTransition(target ATNState) *WildcardTransition { + + t := new(WildcardTransition) + t.BaseTransition = NewBaseTransition(target) + + t.serializationType = TransitionWILDCARD + return t +} + +func (t *WildcardTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { + return symbol >= minVocabSymbol && symbol <= maxVocabSymbol +} + +func (t *WildcardTransition) String() string { + return "." +} + +type PrecedencePredicateTransition struct { + *BaseAbstractPredicateTransition + + precedence int +} + +func NewPrecedencePredicateTransition(target ATNState, precedence int) *PrecedencePredicateTransition { + + t := new(PrecedencePredicateTransition) + t.BaseAbstractPredicateTransition = NewBasePredicateTransition(target) + + t.serializationType = TransitionPRECEDENCE + t.precedence = precedence + t.isEpsilon = true + + return t +} + +func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) Matches(symbol, minVocabSymbol, maxVocabSymbol int) bool { + return false +} + +func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) getPredicate() *PrecedencePredicate { + return NewPrecedencePredicate(t.precedence) +} + +func (t *PrecedencePredicateTransition) String() string { + return fmt.Sprint(t.precedence) + " >= _p" +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/tree.go b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/tree.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..85b4f137b5a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/antlr/antlr4/runtime/Go/antlr/v4/tree.go @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +// Copyright (c) 2012-2022 The ANTLR Project. All rights reserved. +// Use of this file is governed by the BSD 3-clause license that +// can be found in the LICENSE.txt file in the project root. + +package antlr + +// The basic notion of a tree has a parent, a payload, and a list of children. +// It is the most abstract interface for all the trees used by ANTLR. +/// + +var TreeInvalidInterval = NewInterval(-1, -2) + +type Tree interface { + GetParent() Tree + SetParent(Tree) + GetPayload() interface{} + GetChild(i int) Tree + GetChildCount() int + GetChildren() []Tree +} + +type SyntaxTree interface { + Tree + + GetSourceInterval() *Interval +} + +type ParseTree interface { + SyntaxTree + + Accept(Visitor ParseTreeVisitor) interface{} + GetText() string + + ToStringTree([]string, Recognizer) string +} + +type RuleNode interface { + ParseTree + + GetRuleContext() RuleContext + GetBaseRuleContext() *BaseRuleContext +} + +type TerminalNode interface { + ParseTree + + GetSymbol() Token +} + +type ErrorNode interface { + TerminalNode + + errorNode() +} + +type ParseTreeVisitor interface { + Visit(tree ParseTree) interface{} + VisitChildren(node RuleNode) interface{} + VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode) interface{} + VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode) interface{} +} + +type BaseParseTreeVisitor struct{} + +var _ ParseTreeVisitor = &BaseParseTreeVisitor{} + +func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) Visit(tree ParseTree) interface{} { return tree.Accept(v) } +func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitChildren(node RuleNode) interface{} { return nil } +func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode) interface{} { return nil } +func (v *BaseParseTreeVisitor) VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode) interface{} { return nil } + +// TODO +//func (this ParseTreeVisitor) Visit(ctx) { +// if (Utils.isArray(ctx)) { +// self := this +// return ctx.map(function(child) { return VisitAtom(self, child)}) +// } else { +// return VisitAtom(this, ctx) +// } +//} +// +//func VisitAtom(Visitor, ctx) { +// if (ctx.parser == nil) { //is terminal +// return +// } +// +// name := ctx.parser.ruleNames[ctx.ruleIndex] +// funcName := "Visit" + Utils.titleCase(name) +// +// return Visitor[funcName](ctx) +//} + +type ParseTreeListener interface { + VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode) + VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode) + EnterEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext) + ExitEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext) +} + +type BaseParseTreeListener struct{} + +var _ ParseTreeListener = &BaseParseTreeListener{} + +func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) VisitTerminal(node TerminalNode) {} +func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) VisitErrorNode(node ErrorNode) {} +func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) EnterEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext) {} +func (l *BaseParseTreeListener) ExitEveryRule(ctx ParserRuleContext) {} + +type TerminalNodeImpl struct { + parentCtx RuleContext + + symbol Token +} + +var _ TerminalNode = &TerminalNodeImpl{} + +func NewTerminalNodeImpl(symbol Token) *TerminalNodeImpl { + tn := new(TerminalNodeImpl) + + tn.parentCtx = nil + tn.symbol = symbol + + return tn +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChild(i int) Tree { + return nil +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChildren() []Tree { + return nil +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) SetChildren(tree []Tree) { + panic("Cannot set children on terminal node") +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetSymbol() Token { + return t.symbol +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetParent() Tree { + return t.parentCtx +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) SetParent(tree Tree) { + t.parentCtx = tree.(RuleContext) +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetPayload() interface{} { + return t.symbol +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetSourceInterval() *Interval { + if t.symbol == nil { + return TreeInvalidInterval + } + tokenIndex := t.symbol.GetTokenIndex() + return NewInterval(tokenIndex, tokenIndex) +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetChildCount() int { + return 0 +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) Accept(v ParseTreeVisitor) interface{} { + return v.VisitTerminal(t) +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) GetText() string { + return t.symbol.GetText() +} + +func (t *TerminalNodeImpl) String() string { + if t.symbol.GetTokenType() == TokenEOF { + return "=p for i =p for i